PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH-160014

CHANDIGARH 160014 (INDIA)

(Estd. under the Panjab University Act VII of 1947—enacted
1947 enacted by the Govt. of India)

SYLLABI

AND THE

STRUCTURAL OUTLINE

FOR

B.A. & B.Sc. GENERAL SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

20

--:∗:--

© The Registrar, Panjab University, Chandigarh.

All Rights Reserved.
 CONTENTS
Sr. No. Particulars Page No.
1. Structural Outline (i)
2. English (Compulsory) (for B.A. Candidates only) 1
3. English (Compulsory) (for B.Sc. Candidates only) 3
4. Panjabi (Compulsory) (for B.A. Candidates only) 4
5. History and Culture of Punjab (for B.A. Candidates only) 7
6. English (Elective) 9
7. Hindi (Elective) 12
8. Panjabi (Elective) 21
9. Sanskrit (Elective) 25
10. Urdu (Elective) 28
11. Persian (Elective) 30
12. Arabic (Elective) 32
13. French (Elective) 33
14. German (Elective) 35
15. Russian (Elective) 37
16. Bengali (Elective) 39
17. Tamil (Elective) 41
18. Kannada (Elective) 42
19. Malayalam (Elective) 43
20. Telugu (Elective) 44
21. Physical Education 45
22. Education 53
23. Adult Education 57
24. Music (Vocal) 60
25. Music (Instrumental ) 63
26. Tabla (Instrumental Music) 66
27. Indian Classical Dance 69
28. Fine Arts 72
29. History of Art 77
30. Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology 81
31. Defence and Strategic Studies 85
32. History 89
33. Political Science 93
34. Economics 97
35. Sociology 101
36. Public Administration 105
37. Philosophy 109
38. Psychology 113
39. Geography 116
40. Gandhian Studies 124
41. Journalism & Mass Communication 128
42. Police Administration 134
43. Women’s Studies 138
44. Human Rights and Duties 143
45. Home Science 147
46. Mathematics 154
47. Computer Science 160
48. Statistics 164
49. Applied Statistics 168
50. Physics 171
51. Chemistry 181
52. Botany 192
53. Zoology 200
54. Bio-Chemistry 208
55. Electronics 213
56. Microbiology 218
 STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL AND HONOURS) DEGREE
COURSE IN THE 10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION FOR FIRST YEAR 2011 EXAMINATION
(ALREADY HELD) SECOND YEAR 2012 EXAMINATION

The new B.A./B.Sc. (General & Honours) course (at + 3 stage) in the 10+2+3 system of
education has been structured keeping in view certain basic guidelines as under :--

1. (i) The scheme should provide a broad-based, interrelated and comprehensive

programme of study, built upon the + 2 stage, which ultimately may act as a
sound foundation for postgraduate education, participation in competitive
examinations, and joining professional courses like those in Law, Education, etc.

(ii) It is so structured and organised that it is in conformity with the needs of the
country in the present context. Apart from providing good general education, it
should have an applied component as part of the course work so that it creates
awareness of the practical problems facing the society and generates employability
of the youth in diverse spheres of activity.

(iii) It is so designed and formulated that it provides flexibility and relative freedom of
choice of courses to the students according to their special interests and
capabilities.

(iv) It is based on intensive teacher–student interaction.

2. The B.A./B.Sc. courses have been so structured and revised that they are comparable both
in content and quality.

3. To cope with the fast increasing knowledge in each discipline, it has been considered
desirable to cover each elective subject in two papers.

The two-paper scheme will enable the teachers to teach the subject in detail and examine the
students accordingly. Effort has to be made to improve the level and adequacy of content of each
course in such a manner that the total scheme provides distinct upgradation of the existing curricula for
the first degree. In the absence of such an upgradation, the increase in the total educational period
from 14 to 15 years for the B.A./B.Sc. will be unjustifiable.

Keeping in view the above objectives and guidelines, the following structural outline has been
introduced for the B.A./B.Sc. (General) degree course :

Admissions to B.A./B.Sc. (General/Honours) course for the second and third year (For the
students who have passed First Year under this scheme) for the session 2009-2010 (2010 examination)
shall be as hereinafter mentioned.

Note : A person who has passed B.A./B.Sc. 1st year or 2nd year examination from other Universities in India may be allowed to
migrate to this University subject to the condition that he shall have to clear the deficient subject but the total number of
credits required to be earned shall remain the same.
(ii) STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE
IN THE 10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION

B.A. (General)
The B.A. (General) programme of study shall consist of 24 credits, each credit having a value of 100
marks. A subject studied for the whole academic year shall carry 2 credits. All the theory papers and
practicals irrespective of their credit value shall be studied throughout the academic year.

The detail of the subjects to be studied shall be as under :

1st Year 2011 Examination (already held)

COMPULSORY
(a) Punjabi – Two Papers 1 Credit
These papers constitute one
OR subject in each year.
1 Credit
*History & Culture of Punjab –One Paper

(b) English 1 Credit

ELECTIVE

+ Any three elective subjects of two credits each including 6 Credits

languages and elective vocational subject (To be studied in
selected colleges).

Total : 8 Credits
Environment Education : 50 marks

2nd Year 2012 Examination

Same as in the 1st year
Note :

1. In subjects having practicals, the theory papers and practicals together will be of 2 credit value.
The candidate will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately.

2. Each paper of one credit shall be allocated 3 hours of teaching per week during each academic
year. However, for subjects having practicals, three hours of teaching will be allocated to each
theory paper and two hours for a practical per week or as per requirement of the subject
concerned.

*For B.A./B.Sc. History and Culture of Punjab is allowed as an option in lieu of Punjabi (compulsory) to those students who had
already offered earlier in the First Year of 2011 examination.
 STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE (iii)
IN THE 10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION

3. B.A. (General) degree holders shall be eligible for admission to the Master’s course in any of the elective
subjects studied by them during all the three years of the programme of study, earning six credits in each,
provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions.

4. A student would offer any science subject, including Mathematics, only if he has passed that subject in the
qualifying examination or qualifies in the subject as a deficient/additional subject from the concerned
Board/University/Council in the Supplementary Examination subsequent to the admission.

Provided further that a student can offer :

(a) Statistics only if he takes up Mathematics.

(b) Applied Statistics only if he takes up other subject(s) excluding Mathematics.

B.Sc. (General)
The B.Sc. (General) programme of study shall consist of 20 credits, each credit having a value of 100
marks. A subject studied for the whole academic year shall carry 2 credits. All the theory papers and
practicals irrespective of their credit value shall be studied throughout the academic year.

The detail of the subjects to be studied shall be as under :

1st Year 2011 Examination (already held)

*Punjabi/History & Culture of Punjab 1 Credit
+ Three Elective Subjects of 2 credits each including Elective Vocational Subject 6 Credits
(To be studied in selected colleges)
Total : 7 Credits
Environment Education : 50 marks

2nd Year 2012 Examination

(a) English 1 Credit

(b) Three elective subjects of 2 credits each including Elective Vocational Subject 6 Credits
(To be studied in selected colleges)
(the same as in the 1st year)
Total : 7 Credits

*For B.A./B.Sc. History and Culture of Punjab is allowed as an option in lieu of Punjabi (compulsory) to those students who had
already offered earlier in the First Year of 2011 examination.
(iv) STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE IN THE
10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION

Note :

1. The two credits allocated to an elective subject, to be studied in an academic year as spelled out
above, shall be covered in two theory papers and a practical or practicals as per requirements of the
subject concerned.

2. In the instructional process, it is desirable to strike a balance in the teaching and learning strategies.
A close interaction between the teacher and the student is necessary to achieve the above
objectives.

3. Each elective subject of 2 credits for the B.Sc. shall be allocated five hours of teaching and four
hours of practical work per week during the course of the academic year or as per requirements of
the subject concerned.

4. B.Sc. (General) degree holders shall be eligible for admission to the M.Sc. course in any of the
three elective subjects which they have studied during all the three years of the degree course,
earning 6 credits in each, provided the candidate fulfils the eligibility conditions.

B.A./B.SC. HONOURS

In addition to the main objectives listed in the preamble to the B.A./B.Sc. (General) degree course,
the Honours Course seeks to provide course work of advanced nature in one of the elective subjects already
being studied from 1st year onwards by a student. Both in content and quality, it would be of a level as
gives adequate specialized knowledge in a subject even to make it a culminating point in the programme of
study if a student so chooses. Or else, it should provide strong, additional foundation for pursuing the
subject at the M.A./M.Sc. level.

Keeping in view the objectives stated in the preamble to the B.A./B.Sc. (General) degree course
and that enunciated above, the structural outline for the Honours degree course shall be as under :

B.A. (Honours)

The B.A. Honours Course shall carry 28 credits (each credit carrying the equivalent of 100 marks).
Apart from the structure of the programme of study prescribed for the B.A. (General) degree course, credit
value of the subjects/papers and hours of teaching allocated to them as already stated in the scheme, the
Honours Course shall include four papers of one credit each of an advanced nature in one of the elective
subjects a student shall study in all the three years of the degree course.

A student may offer Honours in Second Year in any one of the elective subjects, to be studied by
him in all the three years of the course.

Provided that he has obtained at least 50% marks in the subject of Honours in the First Year of
the B.A. (General) Course.
 STRUCTURAL OUTLINE OF THE B.A./B.SC. (GENERAL/HONOURS) DEGREE COURSE IN THE (v)
10+2+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION

For the B.A. (Honours) Course, the distribution of work during the three years will be as under :-

1st Year : The same as in B.A. (General). (8 credits)

2nd Year : The same as in 2nd Year of B.A. (General). In addition, there shall be two advanced
papers of one credit each in the subject in which he seeks to get Honour degree.
(8+2=10 credits)
3rd Year : The same as in 3rd year of B.A. (General). In addition, there shall be two advanced papers
of one credit each in the Honours subject.
(8+2=10 credits)
Total Credits : 28
A candidate eligible to appear as a private candidate in B.A. Examination may also offer Honours
papers in any of the elective subjects offered for B.A. (General) in all three years provided he fulfils the
requirement of the Regulation.

B.Sc. (Honours) :

The B.Sc. (Honours) programme of study shall consist of 24 credits, each credit having a value of
100 marks. A subject studied for the whole academic year shall carry 2 credits. All the theory papers and
practicals irrespective of their credit value shall be studied throughout the academic year.

A student may offer Honours in any one of the elective subjects to be studied by him in all the
three years of the course provided he has obtained at least 50% marks in the subject concerned in the first
year Examination of the B.Sc. (General) course.

Of the 24 credits, each student shall offer courses in each year as under :-

1st Year : The same as for First Year of B.Sc. (General). (7 credits)

2nd Year : The same as for 2nd Year of B.Sc. (General). In addition, there shall be two
advanced papers of one credit each in the subject in which he seeks to get Honours degree.
(7+2=9 credits)

3rd Year : The same as for 3rd year of B.Sc. (General). In addition, there shall be two advanced
papers of one credit each in the Honours subject.
(6+2=8 credits)

Total credits : 24
Both in B.A. Honours and B.Sc. Honours Courses, each paper of one credit shall be allocated
hours of teaching, or as per requirements of the subject concerned.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Note : Instruction through audio and/or video cassettes may form a part of Languages course.
(vi) GUIDELINES REGARDING CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT OF REGULAR STUDENTS
OF B.A./B.SC./B.COM. /B.C.A. COURSES

IMPORTANT NOTE
(i) In order to incorporate an element of continuous assessment of students, the Colleges will conduct
two mandatory House Tests in theory papers – one in the month of September/October and the
other in December/January every year.

(ii) (a) For September Test, there will be only one paper of one hour’s duration in each subject, and
for December Test, there will be paper/s on the pattern of annual examination conducted by
the University.

There will be a Special Test for those students who could not fulfil the conditions of
eligibility. It will not be held to provide an opportunity to all students to improve their earlier
score. Those students who are exempted by the Principal of the College from appearing in the
House Test/s in September and/or December/January will also be allowed to appear in the
Special Test; this Test will determine their eligibility for admission to the examination as
well as their score for Internal Assessment.

(b) With a view to meet the grievance of students, if any, on account of scores obtained by them,
the answer-books will be shown to them. Difference of opinion on the issue, if any, will be
sorted out with the help of respective Heads of departments as well as the Principal of the
College.

(iii) Whereas the September House Test will carry weightage of 40 per cent, the December House Test
will have weightage of 60 per cent in each subject/paper. The total weightage for both the Tests
taken together shall be10 per cent of the total marks in each theory subject/paper. The weightage of
10 per cent marks shall be added to each paper of B.A./B.Sc./B.Com./B.C.A. I, II and III Year
which will, henceforth, carry weightage of maximum marks allotted to each paper. A candidate
will have to pass in theory and practical/s separately.

(iv) The record of marks secured by the students in the two House Tests will be sent by the respective
Colleges so as to reach the office of Controller of Examinations latest by 15th March, failing which
the result of the students shall be shown as ‘RLA’ and the entire responsibility for this would lie
with the Principal/s of the College/s.

(v) The Colleges will continue to forward the internal assessment of the students for Practicals.
Projects and similar other activities, wherever applicable, to the Controller of Examinations, as
usual, so as to reach his office latest by 15th March.

SPECIAL NOTE :
(i) Each theory question paper will be set out of the marks allotted to each theory paper and 10%
marks of the maximum marks of each paper will be internal assessment.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.

(iii) It will not be mandatory for the students to separately pass in the internal assessment.
 PANJAB UNIVERSITY, CHANDIGARH

OUTLINES OF TESTS, SYLLABI AND COURSES OF READING IN VARIOUS SUBJECTS

FOR B.A. (GENERAL) AND B. SC. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

ENGLISH (Compulsory)

(FOR B.A. CANDIDATES ONLY)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

SECTION-A

Text : Harvest of Harmony by K.L. Vermani (P.U. Publication)

Testing : (a) 3 out of 5 short answer type questions 15 marks

(answer not to exceed 50 words each)

(b) 1 out of 2 long answer type questions. 10 marks

(answer not to exceed 150 words)

(c) Explanation with reference to the context 05 marks

(1 out of 2 passages)

Novel : The Guide by R.K. Narayan.

Testing : One out of two Essay-type questions : Theme, incidents, character, episode etc. 15 marks
2 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-B

(a) Word formation (5 out of 8) 10 marks

(b) Use of Idioms/phrases in sentences (5 out of 8) 05 marks

(c) Translation from English to M.I.L. 10 marks

OR

(for foreign students Paraphrase of Poetry passage)

(d) Official, business letters and letters to the Editors. 10 marks

(e) Transformation of all types (10 out of 10) 10 marks

Note : Minimum six periods a week for study of subject.

For composition, there should be groups of 25-30 students.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 3

ENGLISH (Compulsory)
(FOR B.Sc. CANDIDATES ONLY)
B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Book Prescribed : Colours of Expression by Harbhajan Singh, published by Publication Bureau, Panjab
University, Chandigarh.
SECTION–A

(i) Story : 15 marks

One Essay type question on Summary/Character/Incident (one out of two with an
internal choice)

(ii) Prose : 15 marks

Long Essay type question on Summary/Theme (one out of two with an internal
choice)

(iii) Poetry :
Summary (one out of two with an internal choice). 05 marks
Central Idea (one out of two with an internal choice) 05 marks
Reference to the Context (one out of two with an internal choice) 05 marks

SECTION–B
(i) Word Formation from Prose and Stories and their use in sentences (5 out of 8) 10 marks

(ii) Use of textual words and idioms in sentences (5 out of 8) 05 marks

(iii) Translation from English to M.I.L.

10 marks
OR
FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS
(Paraphrase of Poetry Passage)

(iv) Official, Business and Letters to the Editor. 10 marks

(v) Transformation of all types (10 out of 10). 10 marks

Note : Minimum six periods a week for the study of the subject.
For composition, there should be groups of 25-30 students.
 4 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

gzikph (bk˜wh)
(f;oc phaJ/ a d/ ftfdnkoEhnK bJh)
phaJ/a (iBob) Gkr d{i k 2012
201 2 d/ fJwfsjkB bJh

g/goL J/ e[Zb nzeL 50

fbyshL 45
fJzNoBb n;?;w?ANL 5
;wKL 3 xzN/
gkmeqw
1. eftsk dk nfXn?B 10 nze
2. ihtBh dk nfXn?B 10 nze
3. fJeKrhnK dk nfXn?B 10 nze
4. T[go'es fszBK g[;seK s/ nkXkos bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB 15 nze

e'o;
1. wZXekbh fpqsKs ekft (;zgka), gq'a pha n?;a x[zwD, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o', gzikp :{Bhtof;Nh, uzvhrVQ
io{o h B'NL -
i. “dw'do” dh ouBk ftu'A š;fjsh
;fjsh dh froKfJ ;[j ktk@
ktk
ii. tkfo; Ùkj dh ouBk ftu'A b? e/ ;Zm ;j/bhnK jho uZbh šs/o / fpojk fcoke B/ e[Z mhnK w?A@
iii. jkÙw Ùkj dh ouBk ftZu'A še[N Dh Xq' j ewkfJnk
ewkfJnk@
iv. ekdo:ko dh ouBk ftZu'A š;{ XkDh@
;{o s d/y e/ T[ ; dh f;Ze XkDh
B'NL GrtkB f;zx dh e'Jh th eftsk f;b/pZ; ftu Ùkfwb BjhA j?.

2. Ùjhd Grs f;zx (b/ye), ;[fjzdopho f;zx, e;s{oh bkb n?Av ;zB˜, nzfwqs;o
3. S/ SZbK (;zgka), vka nkswihs f;zx, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o', gzikp :{Bhtof;Nh, uzvhrVQ
(1), (2) ns/ (3) T[Zs/ nkXkos bx{ gqÙB

:{fBN ns/ Ehw

1. wZXekbh fpqsKs ekft ftu'A gq;zr ;fjs ftnkfynk (d' ftu'A fJe) 5 nze
2. wZXekbh fpqsKs ekft ftu'A fe;/ fJe eftsk dk ;ko (d' ftu'A fJe) 5 nze
3. ihtBh d/ ftÙ/, fe;/ eKv dk ;ko fbyDk (fszBK ftu'A fJe) 10 nze
4. fe;/ fJe fJeKrh dk ;ko / ftÙk iK gkso (d' ftu'A fJe) 10 nze
5. fBoXkos wZXekbh fpqsKs ekft ftu'A bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZmK ftu'A gzi) 5 nze
6. gkm-eqw ftubh ihtBh ;zpzXh bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZmK ftu'A gzi) 5 nze
7. fJeKrh- ;zrqfj ftu'A bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZmK ftu'A gzi) 5 nze

B'NL g/go ;?No bJh L ouBk d/ ftÙ/, ouBk dh ftukoXkok, gkso ns/ xNBktK iK sZEK Bkb ;zpzXs ;tkb g[ZS/
ikD. T[Zso fJe s'A fszB ;soK se ;hws j't/.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 5

g/goL ph e[Zb nzeL 50

fbyshL 45
fJzNoBb n;?;w?ANL 5
;wKL 3 xzN/

gkmeqw

1. gkmeqw ftub/ b/yeK dk ihtB, ouBk s/ :'rdkB 5 nze

2. fuZmh-gZso (;oekoh, tgkoe s/ ;zgkde B{z) 10 nze

3. g?oQk gVQ e// gqÙBK d/ T[Zso d/D/ 10 nze

4. gzikph GkÙkL iBw s/ ftek; ns/ gzikph dhnK T[gGkÙktK 8 nze

5. ftnkeoD 12 nze

:{fBN ns/ Ehw

1. fe;/ fJe b/ye dk ihtB, ouBk ns/ ;kfjse :'rdkB L fBoXkos b/yeK ftu'A d' eth ns/ 5 nze
d' fJeKrheko (uko ftu'A fJe eoBk j?) b/ye L nkJha ;ha Bzdk, jouoB f;zx, pbtzs
rkorh, jo;oB f;zx, niw/o f;zx n"by, nkswihs . eth L r[o{ r'fpzd f;zx, dw'do,
tkfo; Ùkj, ekdo:ko, Bikps, Ùkj w[jzwd.

2. fuZmh-gZso (d' ftu'A fJe) 10 nze

3. g?oQk gVQ e/ gqÙBK d/ T[Zso d/D/ 10 nze

(T) g?oQ/ dk f;ob/y (n) seohpB uko T[bhe/ ÙpdK d/ noE

(J) BKt, fefonk, ftÙ/ÙD ns/ g?oQ/ Bkb ;zpzXs d' j'o gqÙB g[ZS/ ikDr/.

4. gzikph GkÙk d/ iBw, BkweoD, ftek; gVkn, gzikph T[gGkÙktK ns/ 4 + 4= 8 nze
gzikph GkÙk ”s/ j'oBK GkÙktK d/ gqGkt pko/ gqÙB (uko ftu'A d')

5. ;kXkoB, ;z:[es, fwÙos tkeK dk nkg;h tNKdok 4 nze

6. pj[s/ ÙpdK dh EK fJe Ùpd 4 nze

7. nr/so/fgS/so 4 nze
 6 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

;jkfJe g[;seK :

1. gzikph ;zuko :'rsk nfGnk;, gzikp ;N/N :{Bhtof;Nh N?e;N p[Ze p'ov, uzvhrVQ

2. gzikph GkÙk dk fJfsjk;, gq/w gqekÙ f;zx, g?g;{ pZ[e fvg{, gfNnkbk

3. ekbi gzikph ftnkeoD, vka joehos f;zx s/ frnkBh bkb f;zx, gzikp ;N/N :{Bhtof;Nh N?e;N
p[Ze p'ov, uzvhrVQ

B'N L jcs/ d/ 6+ 6 = 12 ghohnv

-----------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 7

HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB

(For B.A. candidates only)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

General Instructions :
1. In all, nine questions will be set. Each question will carry 18 marks.

2. First question shall be Short Answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Candidates will attempt any nine out of the fifteen questions in about 25 to 30 words each.
Each short question will carry 2 marks, totalling 9 × 2 = 18 marks. The first question is compulsory.

3. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay type questions and the
candidates will attempt one question from each unit – 4 in all.

4. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in
lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (4) in the question paper.

HISTORY AND CULTURE OF PUNJAB 1200-1849 A.D.

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of Punjab and its Culture in medieval times.
Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussions.

Unit-I

1. Society and Culture in Punjab during the Turko-Afghan rule.

2. The Punjab under the Great Mughals.
3. Salient features of the Bhakti movement and Sufism in Punjab.

Unit-II

4. Guru Nanak : His teachings, concept of Langar and Sangat.

5. Development of Sikhism (1539-1581): Contribution of Guru Angad Dev, Guru Amar Das and Guru
Ram Das for the development of Sikhism.
6. Transformation of Sikhism : Compilation of Adi-Granth; Martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev; Guru
Hargobind’s New Policy.
 8 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

7. Martyrdom of Guru Tegh Bahadur; the foundation of the Khalsa by Guru Gobind Singh.
8. Banda Bahadur and his achievements; Sikh Struggle for sovereignty from 1716 to 1765 and the role
of Dal Khalsa, Rakhi, Gurmata and Misls.
9. Ranjit Singh’s rise to power, civil and military administration, relations with the British.

Unit-IV

10. Annexation of the Punjab with special reference to the causes and consequences of the Anglo-Sikh
wars.
11. New developments in language, literature, education, art and architecture in the Punjab during the
Medieval period.
12. Social life with special reference to the position of women, fairs, festivals, folk music, dance and
games in the Punjab.

Suggested Readings :

1. Singh, Kirpal : History and Culture of the Punjab, Part II (Medieval Period),
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1990 (3rd edn.).
N.B. : The required detail and depth would conform to the treatment of the subject in the above
survey. (This book will also form the basis of the short answer questions).
2. Singh, Fauja (ed.) : History of the Punjab, Vol. III, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1972.
3. Grewal, J.S. : The Sikhs of the Punjab, The New Cambridge History of India,
Orient Longman, Hyderabad, 1990.
4. Singh, Khushwant : A History of the Sikhs, Vol. I : 1469-1839, Oxford University Press,
Delhi, 1991.
5. Chopra, P.N., Puri, B.N., : A Social, Cultural & Economic History of India, Vol. II, Macmillan,
and Das, M.N. Delhi, 1974.
6. Hussain, Yusuf : Glimpses of Medieval Indian Culture, Asia Publishing House,
Bombay, 1973 (rep.).

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 9

ENGLISH (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of Reading

Paper-A

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Q.1 The following literary terms and definitions from M.H. Abrams’s A Glossary of Literary Terms and
W.H. Hudson’s Introduction to the Study of Literature.

Picaresque novel, Stream of Consciousness, Historical novel, Gothic novel, Sentimental novel,
Epistolary novel, Social novel, Didactic novel, Detective fiction, Science fiction.

Protagonist and Antagonist, Point of view, Epic, Satire, Plot, Sonnet, Lyric, Ballad, Blank Verse,
Heroic Couplet, Ode, Myth, Allegory, Realism, Naturalism, Renaissance, Neoclassic, Romantic,
Negative capability, Pathos.

(One question in which students will be asked to define 5 out of the given 8 terms in not more than
60 words each). 5 × 3 = 15 marks

Q.2 Pride & Prejudice by Jane Austen, published by Oxford Paperback Edition. 15 marks
(One essay type textual question with internal choice).

Q.3 Glimpses of English Poetry (P.U. Publication).

(Summary : One out of Two; and Two out of Four short answers questions).
10 + 5 + 5 = 20 marks

Q.4 Arms and the Man by G.B. Shaw, published by Orient Longman, Hyderabad.
(one question with internal choice on character, theme etc.). 20 marks

Q.5 One question (with internal choice) on explanation with reference to the context 20 marks
based on texts at Serial Nos. 3 and 4.
10 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-B

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Q. 1 Narrative/Descriptive Essay (250-300 words) (1 out of the given 5 essays). 15 marks

Q. 2 Letter Writing (Letter to Editors, Commercial Letters). 15 marks

Q. 3 Précis Writing (A Passage of 150-250 words). 15 marks

Q. 4 Translation from English into Hindi/Punjabi. 15 marks

OR

A paragraph on any one of the two given topics (for foreign scholars only).

Q. 5 Applied Grammar : 30 marks

(A) Correction of different types of sentences.

(B) Prepositions and conjunction—synthesis of sentences.

(C) Completion of sentences.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 11

(D) Use of the same word as different part of speech.

(E) Analysis of sentences.

(F) Transformation of sentences.

(Choice to the extent of 30 per cent will be given in this question).

Note : For composition, there should be groups of 25-30 and for text upto 60 students.

--------------------
12 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

fgUnh ¼,sfPNd½
ch-
ch- ,- ¼lkekU;½ f}rh; o"kZ ijh{kk] 2012
2012

i=&,d
i=&,d iw.kk±d % 90$10 = 100
le; % 3 ?k.Vs

1. rjafx.kh&euks
x.kh gj yky vkuan] iatkc ;wfuoflZVh] ifCyds'ku C;wjks] p.Mhx<-- vad % 22

fuEufyf[kr dfo ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr gS %&

eSfFkyh'kj.k xqIr] t;'kadj izlkn] lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh ^fujkyk*] lqfe=kuUnu iar] egknsoh oekZ] vKs;] /keZohj HkkjrhA

¼d½ 6&6 vadksa dh nks lanHkZ&lfgr O;k[;k,¡ djuh gksaxhA dqy pkj O;k[;k,¡ iwNh tk;saxhA

¼[k½ dfo&ifjp;] lkj vkSj mís'; laca/kh dqy nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA izR;sd mÙkj dh 'kCn lhek 200 gksxhA 10 vadksa dk
,d gh iz'u djuk gksxkA

2. ,d lR; gfj'pUnz & MkW- y{eh ukjk;.k yky] izdk'kd] jktiky ,.M lat] ubZ fnYyhA vad % 16

¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ds fy, nks iz'u iwNs tk;aasxs] mÙkj ,d dk gh nsuk gksxkA blds fy, 6 vad fu/kkZfjr fd;s x;s
gSaA
¼[k½ ik=ksa ds pfj=&fp=.k] rRoksa ds vk/kkj ij ukVd dh leh{kk rFkk leL;k laca/kh nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA mÙkj ,d dk
gh nsuk gksxkA blds fy, 10 vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA

3. bl [kaM esa rhu&rhu vadksa ds pkj y?kq&mÙkjkis{kh iz'u djus gksaxsA dqy vkB iz'u iwNs tk;asxsA izR;sd vad % 12
mÙkj dh 'kCn lhek 50 gksxhA ;s iz'u bl i= ds iwoksZDr nks [kaMksa ¼rjafx.kh o ,d lR; gfj'pUnz*½ ij
vk/kkfjr gksaxsA

4. fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl % jhfrdky vkSj vk/kqfud dky ¼dsoy dkO;&[kaM½ vad % 20

¼d½ jhfrdky dh ifjfLFkfr;k¡] ukedj.k] lhek&fu/kkZj.k] izo`fr;k¡] jhfrc) vkSj jhfreqDr dkO; dh izeq[k fo'ks"krk,¡]
jhfrdkO; ds izeq[k dfo & ds'ko] fcgkjh] ?kukuan ds laca/k esa 10 vadksa dk ,d iz'u djuk gksxkA dqy nks iz'u iwNs
tk;aasxsA

¼[k½ vk/kqfud dky ds dsoy dfork&bfrgkl [kaM esa ls HkkjrsUnq ;qx] f}osnh ;qx] Nk;kokn] izxfrokn] iz;ksxokn vkSj
ubZ dfork dh dsoy izeq[k izo`fr;ksa ls lacaf/kr 10 vadksa dk ,d iz'u djuk gksxkA dqy nks iz'u iwNs tk;asxsA

5. oLrqfu"B iz'u % vad % 20

bl i= ds iwoksZDr pkjksa [kaMksa ds vk/kkj ij 2&2 vadksa ds nl oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA dqy iUnzg iz'u iwNs
tk;saxsA

vkarfjd ewY;kadu % vad % 10

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 13

i=&nks
i=&nks iw.kk±d % 90$10 = 100

le; % 3 ?k.Vs

uksV % i= nks esa Hkk"kk&f'k{k.k dk O;kogkfjd iz;ksx gksxk rFkk Nk=ksa ij O;fDrxr :i ls /;ku nsuk vfuok;Z gksxkA vr%
d{kk&vuqHkkx dh Nk= la[;k 30&40 ds chp lhfer gksxhA

1. vkn'kZ ,dkadh laxzg] la0 MkW- lalkj pUn] iatkc ;wfuoflZVh ifCyds'ku C;wjks] p.Mhx<+] }kjk izdkf'krA vad % 10

¼d½ ,dkadh ds rÙoksa ds vk/kkj ij leh{kkRed iz'u ¼lkj&ys[ku] pfj=&fp=.k] mís'; laca/kh½A 10&10 vadksa ds nks
iz'u iwNs tk;sasxsA ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA

¼[k½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ugha iwNh tk;sxhA

2. layXu 50 fVIif.k;ksa dk vH;kl % ¼iwNh xbZ nl fVIif.k;ksa esa ls ik¡p dk mÙkj nsuk gksxk½A vad % 10

3. leh{kk fl)kUr % dsoy ukVd vkSj ,dkadh vad % 16

ifjHkk"kk] rÙo vkSj oxhZdj.k ij vk/kkfjr] ukVd rFkk ,dkadh nksuksa fo/kkvksa ls lacaf/kr nks&nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls
8&8 vadksa dk ,d&,d iz'u djuk gksxkA

4. O;kogkfjd O;kdj.k vad % 20

¼d½ lekd`fr] fHkUukFkZd 'kCn&;qXe vad % 4

¼[k½ Loj&laf/k ,oa O;atu&laf/k vad % 4

¼x½ laf/k&foPNsn ¼dsoy O;kogkfjd½ vad % 4

¼?k½ okD;&'kks/ku vad % 4

¼M½ fojke&fpg~u vad % 4

5. lkj&ys[ku vad % 8

6. 'kkldh; i=&ys[ku vad % 8

7. foLrkj.k vad % 8

8. rduhdh 'kCnkoyh ¼dsoy iz'kkldh; 'kCnkoyh½ vad % 10

uksV % 15 iz'u iwNs tk;asxs] ftuesa ls 10 dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA

vkarfjd ewY;kadu % vad % 10

14 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

iz'kklfud 'kCnkoyh
1. Acceptance Lohd`fr
2. Account ys[kk] [kkrk] fglkc
3. Accuse vfHk;ksx yxkuk
4. Acknowledge (fact etc.) vfHkLohdkj djuk] ekuuk] dcwy djuk
5. Acknowledgement due jlhn] ikorh&lfgr
6. Addressee ikusokyk
7. Adjournment LFkxu
8. Administration iz'kklu
9. Admissible xzkg~;] Lohdk;Z
10. Affidavit 'kiFk ysuk] gyQukek
11. Agent vfHkdrkZ] ,tsUV
12. Agitation vkUnksyu
13. Agreement djkj] vuqca/k lgefr
14. Allowance HkÙkk
15. Amenity lq[k&lqfo/kk
16. Anti-Corruption Officer Hkz"Vkpkj fujks/k vf/kdkjh
17. Appeal vihy] vihy djuk
18. Appointment fu;qfDr
19. Appoint fu;qfDr djuk
20. Approval vuqeksnu
21. Article vuqPNsn] fu;e] oLrq
22. Association la?k] lekt] laxe
23. At par leewY; ij
24. Attendant ifjpj
25. Attestation lk{;kadu] vuqizek.ku
26. Audit ys[kk&ijh{kk
27. Ballot Paper eri=] eriphZ
28. Ban izfrca/k] jksd] ikcanh
29. Bonafide ln~Hkkoh] okLrfod] vlyh
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 15

30. Book-fair iqLrd esyk

31. Bureau dk;kZy;] C;wjks
32. Cabinet eaf=eaMy
33. Candidate vH;FkhZ] izkFkhZ] mEehnokj
34. Care-taker j[kokyk] vo/kk;d
35. Cashier jksdfM+;k
36. Censure fuank izLrko] ifjfuank
37. Certificate of Medical Fitness vkjksX; izek.k&i=
38. Character Certificate pfj= izek.k&i=
39. Charge Sheet vkjksi i=] QnZ] tqeZ
40. Circular ifji=] x'krh&fpV~Bh
41. Circulation of Traffic ;krk;kr ifjpkyu
42. Circus ØhM+k jax] jaxeaMi
43. Citation iz'kfLr] m)j.k] vuqys[ku
44. City Booking Office uxj fVdV?kj] uxj cqfdax&dk;kZy;
45. City Compensatory Allowance uxj HkÙkk
46. Civil ukxfjd
47. Civil poll uxj fuokZpu
48. Civil Sense ukxfjd Hkkouk
49. Civil-air-craft vlSfud ok;q;ku
50. Claimant nkosnkj] nkoh
51. Collector lekgrkZ] laxzgd] ladyudrkZ] dysDVj
52. Colony cLrh] mifuns'k
53. Colossal fo'kky] c`gRdk;
54. Colour Blindness o.kkZU/krk
55. Communique foKfIr
56. Complaint f'kdk;r
57. Complementary iwjd
58. Completion Report lekiu fjiksVZ
59. Certified Copy izekf.kr izfrfyfi
16 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

60. Complementary Copy migkj izfr] ekukFkZ izfr

61. Composite feyk&tqyk] lfEeJ.k] laf'y"V
62. Comprehension O;kid dk;Z cks/k
63. Contingencies vkdfLed O;;
64. Contractor Bsdsnkj] lafonkdkj
65. Confiscate tCr djuk] vf/kgj.k djuk
66. Corporation fuxe
67. Custody vfHkj{kk
68. Decorum f'k"VRkk] 'kkyhurk
69. Defacto oLrqr%
70. Defaulter =qfVdkjh] pwd djusokyk] ckdhnkj
71. Defendant izfroknh
72. Depreciation Charge ewY;kàkl izHkkj] vo{k; izHkkj
73. Design vfHkdYi] vfHkdYiuk] :ikadu] fMtkbu
74. Dispatch izs"k.k] jokuxh] izsf"kr djuk] jokuk djuk
75. Dignitory mPp in/kkjh] efgekfUor
76. Director funs'kd
77. Disbursement laforj.k
78. Discipline vuq'kklu
79. Discrepancy folaxfr] xyrh
80. Discretion foosd] foosdkf/kdkj
81. Dissent folEefr] vlgefr
82. Disqualified v;ksX;] vugZ
83. Division foHkktu] eaMy] Js.kh] izHkkx] fMohtu
84. Eligible ik=rk izkIr] ik=
85. Emergency vkikr~] vkikr~&fLFkfr] vkikfrd
86. Emigrant mRizoklh
87. Employment jkstxkj] ukSdjh] fu;kstu
88. Employment Exchange jkstxkj dk;kZy;] jkstxkj nQrj
89. Employment Officer jkstxkj vf/kdkjh
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 17

90. Enquiry iwNrkN] tk¡p

91. Enrolment Number ukekadu la[;k
92. Enrolled ukekafdr
93. Evacuee fu"Økar
94. Executive Engineer dk;Zikyd vfHk;ark] dk;Ziky bathfu;j
95. Faculty ladk;
96. Finance foÙk] :i;k yxkuk
97. Gazetted Officer jktif=r vf/kdkjh
98. Gazetteer jktfoojf.kdk
99. Gazetted post jktif=r in
100. Grant vuqnku] Lohdkj djuk
101. Incentive izksRlkgu
102. Index lwpd vuqØe.kh
103. Initials vk|{kj
104. Insured Letter chek fd;k gqvk i=
105. Interim vUrfje
106. Intelligence xqIrokrkZ] vklwpuk
107. Intelligentia izcq) oxZ] cqf)thoh oxZ
108. Intensive reading xgu iBu
109. Intention vfHkizk;] vk'k;
110. Judgment fu.kZ;
111. Jurisdiction vf/kdkj&{ks=
112. Ledger [kkrk
113. Lessee iV~Vsnkj
114. Liaison Officer laidZ vf/kdkjh
115. Maintenance vuqj{k.k] Hkj.k&iks"k.k] j[k&j[kko
116. Major O;Ld] ckfyx] estj] izkIrO;
117. Manager izca/kd] O;oLFkkid] eSustj
118. Minor vo;Ld] ukckfyx] vizkIrO;
119. Monopoly ,dkf/kdkjh] ,dkf/kiR;
18 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

120. Motion izLrko

121. Nationalization jk"Vªh;dj.k
122. Negotiation laf/kokrkZ] le>kSrs dh ckrphr
123. Note of Dissent folEefr ys[k] vlgefr ys[k
124. Notification vf/klwpuk
125. Oath Commissioner 'kiFk vk;qDr
126. Offender vijk/kh
127. Permissible vuqes;] vuqKs;] {kE;
128. Planning Commission ;kstuk vk;ksx
129. Precedence iwoZrk] vxzrk
130. Procedure dk;Zfof/k
131. Public lkoZtfud] vke] ljdkjh] yksd
132. Quorum x.kiwfrZ] dksje
133. Receipt ikorh] izkfIr jlhn
134. Recruitment HkrhZ
135. Receiver ikusokyk
136. Reminder Lej.k&i=] vuqLekjd
137. Representative izfrfuf/k
138. Senior ofj"V] T;s"B
139. Sine die vfuf'pr dky ds fy,
140. Statutory dkuwuh] fof/kd] lfof/kd
141. Stenographer vk'kqfyfid
142. Subordinate v/khu] v/khuLFk
143. Tender fufonk] VasMj
144. Transfer cnyh] LFkkukarj.k] varj.k
145. Treasurer dks"kiky
146. Unofficial v'kkldh;] v'kkfld
147. Vacancy fjfDr
148. Vigilance Officer lrdZrk vf/kdkjh] fuxjkuh vf/kdkjh
149. Warrant vf/ki=] okjaV
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 19

50 fVIif.k;k¡

1. A brief note is placed below laf{kIr fVIi.kh uhps izLrqr gSA

2. Acknowledge receipt of this bldh ikorh Hksft,A
3. Action as proposed may be taken ;Fkk izLrkfor dk;Zokgh dh tk,A
4. Agenda of the meeting is put up cSBd dh dk;Zlwph izLrqr gSA
5. Application may be rejected vkosnu vLohdkj dj fn;k tk,A
6. Approved as proposed izLrko ds vuqlkj vuqeksfnr
7. Administrative approval may be obtained iz'kklfud vuqeksnu izkIr fd;k tk,A
8. Await reply mÙkj dh izrh{kk djsaA
9. Await further report vkSj fooj.k dh izrh{kk djsaA
10. Ascertain this position please d`i;k fLFkfr dk irk yxk;saA
11. Amended draft is submitted for approval la'kksf/kr izk:i voyksdukFkZ izLrqr gSA
12. Brief resume of the case is given below ekeys dk laf{kIr lkj uhps fn;k x;k gSA
13. Call for explanation Li"Vhdj.k ek¡xs
14. Call for report fjiksVZ e¡xok,A
15. Comply with the orders vkns'kksa dk ikyu djsaA
16. Clarify the position please d`i;k fLFkfr dks Li"V djsaA
17. Copy enclosed for ready reference lqyHk lanHkZ ds fy, izfrfyfi layXu gSA
18. Copy is enclosed izfrfyfi layXu gSA
19. Copy forwarded for information and izfrfyfi lwpukFkZ ,oa vko';d dk;Zokgh ds fy, izsf"kr gSA
necessary action
20. Case may be kept pending ekeys dks vHkh vfu.khZr j[kk tk,A
21. Delay should be avoided foyEc u fd;k tk,A
22. Disciplinary proceedings may be initiated vuq'kklfud dk;Zokgh 'kq: dh tk,A
23. Draft reply is put up mÙkj dk elkSnk izLrqr gSA
24. Enquiry may be conducted tk¡p dh tk,A
25. Expedite action 'kh?kz dk;Zokgh djsaA
26. Explanation may be called for Li"Vhdj.k ek¡xk tk,A
27. Facts for the case may be put up ekeys ds rF; izLrqr djsaA
28. For perusal and return ns[kdj ykSVkus ds fy,A
20 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

29. For comments please d`i;k fVIi.kh nsaA

30. For sympathetic consideration lgkuqHkwfriw.kZ fopkj ds fy,A
31. Forwarded and recommended izsf"kr vkSj laLrqr A
32. I concur with the proposal eSa bl izLrko ls viuh lgefr izdV djrk gw¡A
33. I have no remarks to offer eq>s dksbZ fVIi.kh ugha djuh gSA
34. Inform all concerned lHkh lacaf/kr O;fDr;ksa dks lwfpr djsaA
35. Issue a circular ifji= tkjh djsaA
36. Keep pending fu.kZ; ds fy, jksd j[ksaA
37. Kindly accord sanction d`i;k Lohd`fr nhft,A
38. Kindly confirm d`i;k iqf"V djsaA
39. Matter is under consideration ekeyk fopkjk/khu gSA
40. No action is necessary dksbZ dk;Zokgh visf{kr ugha gSA
41. Needful has been done vko';d dk;Zokgh dh xbZ gSA
42. Order may be issued vkns'k tkjh fd;k tk,A
43. Please see the proceeding notes d`i;k fiNyh fVIif.k;k¡ ns[k ysaA
44. Put up the relevant papers lacaf/kr dkxt izLrqr djsaA
45. Reminder may be sent vuqLekjd Hkstk tk,A
46. Report compliance immediately vuqikyu djds rqjUr lwfpr djsaA
47. Specific reason may be given fof'k"V dkj.k fn;k tk,A
48. Submitted for information lwpuk ds fy, izLrqr gSA
49. This may be treated as confidential bls xksiuh; le>k tk,A
50. Verified and found correct tk¡pk vkSj lgh ik;kA

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 21

gzikph (fJb?efNt)

pha J/a (iBob) Gkr d{i k 2012 d/ fJwfsjkB bJh

g/go L J/ e[Zb nzeL 100

fbyshL 90

fJzNoBb n;?;w?ANL 10

;wKL 3 xzN/

gkmeqw

1a wZXekb dh u'DthA gzikph eftsk 40 nze

2a ;¯oBkw/ dk nfXn?B 25 nze

3a ejkDh-;zrqfj 25 nze

e'o;

1a wZXekb dh u'DthA gzi kph eftsk,

eftsk (;zgka) gq'a gqhsw f;zx, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o', gzikp :{Bhtof;Nh,
uzvhrVQ.

2a gZE jh wzf ˜b j?, (b/ye) wBw'jB pktk, u/sBk gqekÙB, b[fXnkDk.

3a eEk-
eEk-gqt kj,
kj (;zgkde) ;[fozdo e[wko dt/Ùto, gpbhe/ÙB fpT{o', gzikp :{Bhtof;Nh, uzvhrVQ.
22 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

:{fBN ns/ Ehw

1a (T) wZXekb dh u'DthA gzi kph eftsk g[;se ftu'A gq;zr ;fjs ftnkfynk 10+10 = 20 nze
(uko ftu'A d')

(n) e/Adoh Gkt (fszBK ftu'A fJe) 10 nze

(J) eftsk dk ;ko (fszBK ftu'A fJe) 10 nze

2a ;¯oBkwk L

(T) bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZmK ftu'A gzi) 5×3 =15 nze

(n) ;¯oBkw/ dk ftÙk, gqw[Zy xNBktK, ;kfjse goy (d' gqÙBK ftu'A fJe) 10 nze

3a ejkDh-
ejkDh- ;zrqf j L

(T) bx{ T[ZsoK tkb/ gqÙB (nZmK ftu'A gzi) 5×3 =15 nze

(n) ejkDh dk ftÙk/;kfjse nkb'uBk 10 nze

B'NL jcs/ d/ 6 + 6 = 12 ghohnv

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 23

g/go L ph e[Zb nzeL 100

fbyshL 90
fJzNoBb n;?;w?ANL 10
;wKL 3 xzN/

gkmeqw

1H gzikph ;kfjs dk fJfsjk; (1701-1900 Jha sZe) 30 nze

2H ;kfjs nkb'uBk ns/ Gkosh ekft-Ùk;so 20 nze

3H Szd-gqpzX 10 nze

4H ;kfjs d/ o{g 20 nze

5H ;fGnkuko ns/ gzikph ;fGnkuko 10 nze

e'o ;

1H gzikph ;kfjs dk fJfsjk; (1701JhH s'A 1900 Jha sZe), gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk

2H ;kfjs nkb'uBk ns/ Gkosh ekft-Ùk;so

3H Szd-gqpzX

4H ;kfjs d/ o{g

5H ;fGnkuko ns/ gzikph ;fGnkuko

:{fBN ns/ Ehw

1H gzikph ;kfjs dk fJfsjk; (1701Jha s'A 1900 Jha sZe)

(T) ;{¯h ekft-Xkok, feZ;k-ekft Xkok, tko s/ izrBkwk ekft-Xkok, tkose 15 nze
;kfjs Bkb ;zpzXs fJfsjk;w{be s/ gqftoshw{be gqÙB
(d' ftu'A fJe)

B'NL-g/go ;?No tZb'A fJe gqÙB fJfsjk;w{be s/ fJe gqftoshw{be g[ZfSnk ikt/.

(n) 1701JhH s'A 1900 Jha se d/ gzikph ;kfjs d/ fJfsjk; ftu'A bx{-T[ZsoK tkb/
gqÙB (thj ftu'A gzdoK) 15×1=15 nze
24 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

2H ;kfjs nkb'uBk ns/ Gkosh ekft-Ùk;so 10O10=20 nze

(T) ;kfjs nkb'uBk dh gfoGkÙk, ;o{g, wjZst

(n) Gkosh nkb'uBk L o; ;zgodkfJ - o; dh gfoGkÙk, Gkt, ftGkt, nB[Gkt,

;zukoh Gkt, ;EkJh Gkt, o; d/ gqeko

(J) X[Bh ;zgodkfJL X[Bh dh gfoGkÙk, Ùpd ÙeshnK, nfGXk, beÙDk ns/
ftnziBk
_(T), (n) ns/ (J) GkrK d/ uko ;tkbK ftu'A e'Jh d' eoB/ ns/ jo/e Gkr d/ nze
pokpo j'Dr/=

3H Szd-gqpzXL d'fjok, ;'omk, e'oVk ns/ dtZJhnk, ;tZJhnk, efpZs, f;oyzvh, 5+5 =10 nze
fBÙkBh, p?As, u"gJh (uko ftu'A d')

4H ;kfjs d/ o{g 10O10 =20 nze

feZ;k, tko, ekch, izrBkwk, Ùhjo¯h, f;ZmDhnK, ;[jkr, x'VhnK
(uko gqÙBK ftu'A e'Jh d')

5H ;fGnkuko ns/ gzikph ;fGnkuko L 10 nze

;fGnkuko dh gfoGkÙk, ;o{g, bZSD ns/ gzikph ;fGnkuko d/ ftfGzB gZy
(d' ftu'A e'Jh fJe ;tkb)

;jkfJe g[ ;seK L

1a gzikph ;kfjs dk fJfsjk; (1701-1900), gzikp :{Bhtof;Nh, uzvhrVQ.

2a gzikph ;kfjs dk fJfsjk; (1707-1900), gzikph :{Bhtof;Nh, gfNnkbk.

3a gzikph ;kfjs dh T[sgsh s/ ftek;, gofwzdo f;zx s/ feogkb f;zx e;/b, bkj"o p[Ze Ùkg, b[fXnkDk.

ftÙ/Ù B'N L ;w[Zu/ gkmeqw bJh jcs/ ftZu 6O6 &12 ghohnv.

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 25

laLd`r ¼bySfDVo½
ch-
ch-,- (tujy) f}rh; o"kZ ijh{kk] 2012
2012

Paper-A % xhrk]
xhrk] ukVd ,oa ;ksx iw.kkZad % 90$10++ ¾ 100

le; % 3 ?k.Vs
fVIi.kh & iz'u i= dk ekè;e fgUnh gksxk A mRrjksa dk ekè;e laLd`r] fgUnh] iatkch ;k vaxzsth esa ls dksbZ
,d Hkk"kk gksxh A

mn~s';%&
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dk Hkkjrh; n'kZu ds vf}rh; xzUFk (jRu) Jhen~Hkxon~xhrk (prqFkZ vè;k;) esa izfrikfnr
fu"dke deZ;ksx] leRo ;ksx esa fLFkr ;ksxh iq#"kksa dk vkpj.k ,oa mudh efgek] fofHkUu izdkj ds Kku] ;K
rFkk Kku dk egRRo bR;kfn fo"k;ksa dk vè;;u djokukA

vk/qkfud pyfp= (Cinema) oLrqr% laLd`r ukVdksa ls iw.kZr;k izHkkfor gSA vr% Nk=ksa esa laLd`r
ukVd ,oa vfHku; ds izfr #fp mRiUu djukA
blds vfrfjDr fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds lokZM-~xh.k fodkl dks è;ku esa j[krs gq, mudksa ^;ksxn'kZue~* ds
lk/ku&ikn ls ifjfpr djokuk A

¼d½ xhrk (prqFkZ&vè;k;) 40 vad

lwfDr@'yksd % vuqokn ,oe~ O;k[;k 3×10 ¾ 30 vad
leh{kkRed iz'u 1×10 ¾ 10 vad

¼[k½ nwrokD;e~ (Hkkl) 30 vad

lwfDr@'yksd % vuqokn ,oe~ O;k[;k 2×10 ¾ 20 vad
leh{kkRed iz'u] ik= fp=.k 1×10 ¾ 10 vad

¼x½ ;ksx&n'kZue~] egf"kZ irTtfyd`r f}rh;&ikn 20 vad

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------
---------------------------------------

uksV%& 1- i= dk vè;;u le; Ng ihfj;M izfr lIrkg gksxk A

2- lHkh iz'uksa esa 'krizfr'kr fodYi vko';d gSa A
26 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-B % O;kdj.k rFkk vuqokn iw.kkZad % 90$10 ¾ 100 vad

Lke;% 3 ?k.Vs

fVIi.kh & iz'u i= dk ekè;e fgUnh gksxk A mRrjksa dk ekè;e laLd`r] fgUnh] iatkch ;k vaxzsth esa ls dksbZ
,d Hkk"kk gksxh A

mnsZ';%&
Nk=ksa ds O;kdj.k lEcU/kh Kku dks vkSj Hkh mUur djus rFkk Hkk"kk ij oSf'k"V; izkIR;FkZ O;atu
lfU/k] lekl] rf)r izR;;] 'kCn:i] /kkrq:i] d`nUr izR;;] dkjd bR;kfn fo"k;ksa ds vè;;u ds i'pkr~ laLd`r
vuqokn ds fy, mRlkfgr djuk

laLd`r dkO; NUnksac) gksrk gS A blhfy, vuq"Vqi~ bR;kfn NUn fo"k;d f'k{kk nsdj] xzg rFkk fofHkUu
jkf'k;ksa ds Lokeh lEcU/kh ifjp; nsuk A

¼d½ O;atu lfU/k 5×1 ¾ 5 vad

¼[k½ lekl&}U} rRiq#"k 5×2 ¾ 10 vad
¼x½ rf)r&izR;; v.k~] erqi] rei~

¼dsoy mnkgj.k gh iz"VO; gSa) 5×1 ¾ 5 vad

¼?k½ NUn ¼ fUkEufyf[kr NUnksa esa ls fdUgh nksa ds lksnkgj.ky{k.k iz"VO; gSa A) 2×5 ¾ 10 vad

vuq"Vqi~] o'kLFk] bUnzotzk] misUnzotzk] mitkfr]

f'k[kfj.kh] eUnkØkUrk] ekfyuh] olUrfryØk

¼?k &1½ lkekU; Kku 2×7 ½ ¾ 15 vad

1. xzg rFkk jkf'k;ksa ds Lokeh

2. xzgksa dk eS=hcks/kd pØ

3. foa'kksÙkjh n'kkpØ

4. }kn'kHkkoksa ds uke

5. ipd&laKd u{k=ksa ds uke

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 27
[

¼M½ 'kCn:Ik 2×5 ¾ 10 vad

Rkr~] ,rr~] ;r~] fde~] loZ] dfr ¼lHkh fyM-xksa esa)

¼p½ /kkrq:Ik ¼yV~] yksV~] yM~-] fof/kfyM~-] y`V~ydkj) 2×5 ¾ 10 vad

vl~ nk] dqi~] 'kd~] izPN~] fey~] Øh] xzg~] Kk] Jq] dFk~

¼N½ d`nUr&ä] ärq] DRok] rqeu~ 5×1 ¾ 5 vad

¼xe~] iB~] ir~] ØhM~] on~] ik] fy[k~]uh]n`'k~]Hkw]R;t~] Le`

vl~] nk] dqi] 'kd~] izPN] fey~] d`] Øh] xzg~] Kk] Jq

dFk~ bu /kkrqvksa ds ;ksx esa)

¼t½ dkjd ¼dsoy lkekU; fu;e) v'kq) okD;ksa dks 'kq) djuk 5×2 ¾ 10 vad

¼>½ laLd`r esa vuqokn ¼ikap okD;ksa dk) 5×2 ¾ 10 vad

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

uksV%&
1- i= dk vè;;u le; Ng ihfj;M izfr lIrkg gksxk A
2- funsZ'k&lHkh iz'uksa esa 'krizfr'kr fodYi vko';d gSa A

-------------------
28 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

URDU (Elective)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading.

Paper-A 100 Marks

Time : 3 Hrs.
1. Explanation of Verses : 30 marks
(i) Ghazal 20 marks
(ii) Nazm 10 marks

2. Explanation of Prose 30 marks

3. Central Idea of a lesson or a poem 20 marks
4. Introduction and literary contribution of the following poets & 20 marks
prose writers :

Poets :
1. Mir Taqi Mir
2. Ghalib
3. Nazir Akbarabadi
4. Chakbast
5. Jigar Muradabadi

Prose Writers :
1. Sir Sayyed
2. Mohd. Hussain Azad
3. Hali
4. Prem Chand
5. Rashid Ahmed Siddiqui

Book Prescribed

Khyaban-e-adab compiled by Azim-ul-Haq Junedi, published by Educational Book House, A.M.U., Market,
Aligarh.
The following selections from the book Khyaban-e-Adab are prescribed in the course :
1. Ghazliyat
Mir, Dard, Zauq, Ghalib, Momin, Hasrat Mohani, Fani, Jigar, Shad, Azeemabadi and Firaq.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 29

2. Qasida by Ghalib
3. Masnavi by Naseem
4. ‘Marsiya-e-Gokhle’ by Chakbast
5. Rubaiyat
Akbar Allahabadi and Anis Lucknavi
6. Nazmen :
Iqbal :
1. Chand Aur Tare
2. Naseehat
3. Mulla Aur Behisht

Nazir Akbarabadi :
1. Mele Ki Sair
2. Holi Ki Bahar

Chakbast :
Ramayan Ka Ek Scene :

Paper-B 100 Marks

Time : 3 hrs.
1. Novel and Precis Writing :
(a) Novel : One question on its plot, characterisation, language and style, 40 marks
treatment of situations
(b) Explanation of a paragraph from the Novel 20 marks
2. Precis Writing 40 marks

Book Prescribed

“Ek Chadar Maili Si” by Rajinder Singh Bedi.

-------------------
30 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

PERSIAN (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Note : There will be two papers of 100 marks each of three hours duration.

Paper-I : PROSE AND POETRY Max. Marks : 100

Time : 3 hrs.

1. Translation of prose passages into English, Hindi, Urdu, Punjabi or Persian (with 30 marks
choice).

2. Explanation of poems into English, Hindi, Urdu, Punjabi or Persian. 30 marks

3. Summary of any One lesson or poem into English, Hindi, Urdu, Punjabi or 10 marks
Persian.

4. Basic knowledge of Elements and kinds of Poetry. 15 marks

(with definitions only)

5. Knowledge of the elements and kinds of Prose. 15 marks

(with definitions only)

Shairi Asnaaf : Nasari Asnaaf

1. Ghazal 1. Dastan
2. Qasida 2. Novel
3. Masnawi 3. Afsana
4. Marsiya 4. Tazkerah Nawisi
5. Rubai 5. Taarikh Nawisi
6. Qata 6. Tanaz-o-Mizah
7. Nazm 7. Drama
8. Khumariyat 8. Hikayat Nawisi
9. Hamad
10. Ikhaqi Shayeri

Book Prescribed :

Farsi Bray-e-ghair Farsi Zebanan az “Samineh Baghci wan” available at Maktab-e-Jamia, Ansari Road,
Near Jama Masjid, Delhi.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 31

Paper-II : TRANSLATION AND LITERARY HISTORY

Max. Marks : 100
Time : 3 hrs.
Note : All the questions carry equal marks.

1. Translation of simplest passage/sentences from Persian into English, Hindi, Punjabi or

Urdu.

2. Translation of simplest passage/sentences from English, Hindi, Punjabi or Urdu.

3. Basic knowledge of the different periods of the Literary History of Persian Literature and
Medieval Indian History only the following periods :
Samanid, Ghaznavid, Seljuqiyeh, Temurid, Safavid, Moghaliya (Baber to Aurangzeb)

4. The direct and simple questions on the most important, famous and eminent poets and
writers.

5. Short note on any One most important and famous books from the above given Historical
Periods. Basic and elementary knowledge of the kinds of prose and poetry (Asnaaf-e-Nasr-
o-Nazm)

Book prescribed for this paper :

1. Zaban-e-Adabeyat-e-Farsi ( Danishgahi)
Movallephaan Dr. Malik Mohd. Farrukh Zaad, Dr. Hussan Ali Mohmdi and Manizheh Falahi,
Published from Tehran, Iran.

2. Tarikh-e-Adabeyat-e-Farsi by Raza Zadeh Shafaq.

3. Amuzish-e-sada-ye-zabaan-e-Farsi (easy way of learning Persian by Majid Ahmedi).

------------------------
 32 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

ARABIC (Elective)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
There will be two papers of 100 marks each

Paper-A 100 Marks

Time : 3 hours

1. Grammar 50 marks
Mirraat-ul-Arabiya by Dr. M.S. Rehman published by Kutab Khanna
Rashidyya, Delhi-6.
2. Translation of Arabic into English/Hindi/Urdu. 30 marks
3. Use of words into Arabic sentences. 20 marks

Paper-B 100 Marks

Time : 3 hours

1. Prose 60 marks
The following topics of Al’ Abarat by Al Manfluti; Al-Yatim and Al-Hijab

2. Poetry 40 marks

Nazam-wa-Nasr

The following poets from the book ‘Majmu’ at Minan :

1. Hafiz Ibrahim
2. ‘Abul’ Ala’al Mu’arri
3. Al-Farazadaq
4. Hassan B. Thabit

(All books can be Had from Kutab Khana, Rashidyya, Urdu Bazar, Jama Masjid, Delhi-6)

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 33

FRENCH (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

I Selected Readings in Poetry :

Questions, explanation of stanzas or of poems, central ideas and summaries of poems
to be asked and answered in French. 20 marks

II (a) Questions pertaining to the prescribed text of 4 marks each. 20 marks

(b) Questions on French Civilization in the form of fill in the blanks and multiple 20 marks
choice (wherever possible) simple answers of 1-2 sentences of 2 marks each.
(c) Dialogue based on the subject or theme from the text. 10 marks

III Prose : 20 marks

Direct simple questions based on the prescribed text to be asked and answered in
French, Questions should be of 5 marks each.

CHOICE TO BE GIVEN IN ALL QUESTIONS

Paper-B : APPLIED GRAMMAR, CREATIVE WRITING AND VIVA–VOCE

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Viva-Vice : 30 marks
1. Translation from French into English of an unseen passage or short sentences. 10 marks
2. Translation from English into French of an unseen passage or short sentences. 10 marks
3. A composition or letter of about 150-200 words. 10 marks
4. Questions on grammar including conjugation (in applied form) pertaining 30 marks
to the prescribed text.
5. Viva-Voce : 30 marks
(a) Dictation (an unseen passage of about 100 words), easier than the 10 marks
prescribed Textbook.
 34 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

(b) Conversation. 10 marks

(c) Reading (unseen passage). 10 marks

Course of Reading :

Textbook-Campus-II, Jacky Giradet, et Jacques Pècheur, CLE International, Paris, 2002.

(a) Livre de l’ èlève.
(b) Cahier d exercices.
(c) Cassettes.

POETRY : The following 8 poems are to be studied :

1. La Jeune Veuve; La Fontaine Fables (VI, 21) 1968.

2. Le chêne et le roseau.
3. La Marseillaise-Rouget de Lisle.
4. II n’ ya pas d’ amour heureux-Aragon.
5. L’ Albatros-Baudelaire, Fleurs de mal.
6. Le chat et l’ oiseau-Prèvert, Histoires, 1946.
7. Chanson des escargots qui vont à l’ enterrement-Prèvert, Paroles.
8. Le Vase brisè –Sully Prudhomme.

Reference Books for Poetry :

1. French Poetry for students—A Watson Bain.

2. Collections Littéraires—Lagarde et Michard 19e and 20 siècle.
3. A Little Book of French Poetry—Blackie’s Little French Classics.

PROSE : Jules Verne, Le Tour du Monde en 80 Jours, Texte en francais facile, Hachette, Paris.

N. B. : 1. The compositions and the unseen passages should be based on the vocabulary and grammar
covered till B.A. Second Year.
2. The paper shall be set and answered in French (except translation).
3. Eight periods of one hour weekly—Six hours for Text and Two hours for Composition.

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 35

GERMAN (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : WRITTEN

Max. Marks : 100

Time : 3 Hours

10 multiple choice questions of 3 marks each to be asked. This question is compulsory. : 30 marks
Question in applied grammar (fill in the blanks) comforming to the prescribed book
“Deutsche Sprachlehre für Ausländer” in einem Band.

4 out of 6 questions to be attempted. : 20 marks

Texte zum lesen and Nachèrzähen i.e. from page 30 onwards. : 20 marks

Question on Culture and Civilisation from Blick auf Deutschland (Page No. 30 to 68) : 20 marks
excluding lesson 10 a & 10 b.

Internal Assessment (for regular students) : 10 marks

100 marks

Paper-B : (I) WRITTEN

Max. Marks : 100
Time : 3 Hours

Paraphrasing of a poem or stanzas out of the following poems from “German Verse” by : 20 marks
B.B. Kulkarni & R.N. Chapekar :
1. An den Mond (Johann Wolfgang von Goethe).
2. Erlkönig (Goethe).
3. Abendphantasie (Friedrich Holderlin).
4. Du bist wie eine Blume (Heinrich Heine).
5. Abschied (Joseph Freiher von Eichendorff).
 36 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

6. Glück (Hermann Hesse).

7. Der Mai ist gekommen (Emanuel Geibel).

5 simple unseen sentences from German into English (5 out of 7) (unknown : 20 marks
words to be given).

5 sentences from English into German (Meaning of unknown words to be given) : 20 marks

60 marks

II : ORAL/PRACTICAL

Reading of text(s) and General Conversation in German. : 30 marks

10 marks
Internal Assessment (For regular students). :
The mode of evaluation for Internal Assessment is to be followed as per
University Guidelines.

Prescribed Text Books :

1. Deutsche Sprachlehre fur Ausländer in einem Band by Dora Schulz und Heinz Griesbach (Chapter 15
to 26).

2. Texte zum lessen und Nachèrzähen by Hans. Joachin Arndt (Max Huber Verlag) (From
page 30 to 65).

3. Blick auf Deutschland (page 30 to 68) excluding lesson 10a and 10b.

4. German Verse by B.B. Kulkarni & R.N. Chapekar.

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 37

RUSSIAN (Elective)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

WRITTEN

I Translation from simple Russian into English/Hindi/Punjabi (about 120 : 45 marks

words).

II Translation from English/Hindi/Punjabi into Russian (about 80 words). : 45 marks

NOTE : USE OF DICTIONARIES IS ALLOWED

Paper-B : Max. Marks : 100

(I) WRITTEN Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
1. Composition : (1 out of 3) on the following topics : 16 marks
(i) Journey/Excursion.
(ii) Indian/Russian Writer.
(iii) My Country.
(iv) Capital City : (India/Russia).
(v) Our Library.
(vi) Our University/College.
(vii) My Friend.
(viii) A Cultural Evening.

2. Applied Grammar : 4 questions (out of 7) of 4 marks each. 16 marks

3. Comprehension : 6 questions of 3 marks each (out of 8) on a passage from unseen 18 marks

text(s) to be produced in the question paper.
 38 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

4. Question on the texts studied—5 questions (out of 7) of 2 marks each. 10 marks

(II) ORAL 30 marks

Reading of text(s). Conversation/Narration in Russian (day to day incidents/topics).

Books Prescribed :

Wagner, V.N. : RUSSIAN – P.P.H., New Delhi (Lessons 32-45).

OR

Maurya, A.K. : Essential of Russian, University of Delhi, 2004 (Lessons 15-23).

Books Recommended for Additional Readings :

1. Timberlake Reference : Grammer of Russian, Cambridge.

2. Pulkina, I. : RUSSIAN—A Practical Grammar with Exercises, Izdatelstovo,

‘Russky Yazik’, Moscow, 1980.

3. Anpilogova, B.G. : “ULYBKA” (SMILE), P.P.H., New Delhi.

4. Pulkina, I. : “Uchebnik Ruskova Yazika” Izdatelstovo,Vicshaya Shkola,

Moscow, 1964.

5. Dictionaries

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 39

BENGALI (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A 100 Marks

Poetry 60 marks
Drama 40 marks

Poetry : (a) P.N. Bisi & Tarapada Mukhopadhyaya (Ed.) Kavya Vitan.

The following pieces only :-

1. Vidyapati : 6, 9
2. Chandidas : 8,10
3. Govindadas : 10
4. Ramprasad : 1
5. Michael Madhusudan : Atma Bilap
6. Satyendra Nath : Champa
7. Jibanananda Das : Mrityur Age
8. Premendra Nath Mitra : Path
9. Sukanta Bhattacharya : Ranar

Drama : (b) Rabindranath : Kahini

The following pieces :
(i) Karna Kunti Sambad
(ii) Gandharir Abedan
(iii) Bhasa O Chhanda

Paper-B 100 Marks

Poetry 40 marks
Drama 40 marks
Composition 20 marks

[[[[[
40 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Poetry : Rabindranath : Sanchayita

The following pieces only :

1. Nirjharer Swapnabhanga
2. Sonar Tari
3. Swarga Hoite Biday
4. Mukti (Naibedya)
5. Balaka
6. Karna Kunti Sambad
7. Phanki
8. Africa
9. Kalika
10. Bansi

Drama : Sri Madhusudan by Banaphul

Composition : A poem or a part of a poem will be given to the students. They are expected to

(i) Write the central idea of the same.

(ii) Suggest a title.
(iii) Annotate a few words; and
(iv) Comment on the style and diction.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 41

TAMIL (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A Max. Marks : 100

Time : 3 hours

Poetry 50 marks

Prose 50 marks

Total : 100 marks

Paper-B
Max. Marks : 100
Time : 3 hours

1. Collection of Short Stories 50 marks

2. History of Tamil Literature from 10th Century to 17th Century 50 marks

Total : 100 marks

Book Prescribed

Poetry :
Selections in Tamil Poetry for B.A. Part II, 1994-95, Published by the University of Madras,
Madras-5.

Prose :
Ilakkiya Nenjam by Dr. M.P. Balasubramanian, Published by Paari Nilaiyam, 184, Broadway,
Madras-600108.

Collection of Short Stories :

“Guru Peedam” by Jayakantan, published by Meenakshi Puthanga Nilaiyam, Madurai.

--------------------
 42 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

KANNADA (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A 100 marks

1. Poetry 50 marks
Samakalina Kannada Kavite Bhaga : 3, pages 53 to 90 published
by Bangalore University, Bangalore.

2. Prose 50 marks
Amerikadalli nanu by Dr. B.G.L. Swami, published by Kavyalaya,
Mysore.

Paper-B 100 marks

1. Grammar 50 marks
Sandhi, Samasas, Figure of Speech, Metre are to be studied.

2. History of Kannada Literature (Medieval period only) 50 marks

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 43

MALAYALAM (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A 100 : Marks

Time : 3 hrs.

1. Poetry : 50 marks
Malayala Kavy Samgraham (poems 11 to 18, 20 and 27), published
by National Book Trust, New Delhi.

2. Prose : 50 marks
Natappathagal by Punathil (autobiographical essays) published by
D.C. Books, Kottayam, Kerala.

Paper-B 100 : Marks

Time : 3 hrs.

1. Grammar : 50 marks
Sandhis, Samasas, Figure of speech and Metre are to be studied.

2. History of Malayalam Literature 50 marks

(Medieval period only)

---------------------
 44 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

TELUGU (Elective)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A 100 : marks

Time : 3 hrs.

Poetry 50 marks
Prose 50 marks
100 marks

1. Poetry : Draupadi Prabhavamu from Andhra Mahabharatamu, Sabha Parvamu,

Aswasam II - Verses from 206 to 264 of any addition.

2. Prose : Sahityadhyanam, published by Yuva Barati 5, Kingsway,

Secunderabad-3.

Paper-B 100 : marks

Time : 3 hrs.

1. Grammar : 50 marks
Rules of Sandhis, Samasas, Figure of Speech and Metre are to be studied.

2. History of Telugu Literature (History of Medieval Literature) 50 marks

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 45

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

PAPER-A : Max. Marks : 65

Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS :

(i) There shall be nine questions in all, spread over five units.

(ii) First question/unit is compulsory. It will contain six short answer type questions, spread over
the whole syllabus to be answered in 30 words each. It will carry 12 marks.

(iii) Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Each unit shall have two
questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.e. the students shall attempt one
question from each unit.

(iv) All questions/units will carry equal marks.

(v) Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning will not be
allowed to take this subject.

UNIT-I 12 Marks
Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set six short answer type questions in first
question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory.

UNIT-II 12 Marks

Psychological Basis of Physical Education :

Meaning of Psychology and Sports Psychology.

Psychological factors effecting physical performance.

Meaning of Learning.

Laws of Learning.

Learning curve, its types, characteristics and implications in Physical Education and Sports.

Psychological characteristics and problems of an adolescent.

The role of Physical Education and Sports in solving the problems of an adolescent.
 46 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-III 12 Marks

Motivation and Transfer of Training :

Meaning, definitions, types and methods of motivation.

Importance of motivation in Physical Education and Sports.

Meaning, definitions, types and factors affecting transfer of training.

UNIT-IV 12 Marks

Personality Sports and Socialization :

Meaning, definitions, characteristics, dimensions and traits of personality.

Factors affecting development of personality (Heredity and Environment).

The role of physical activities in Personality Development.

Meaning and definitions of socialization, socialization through sports.

UNIT-V 12 Marks

Politics, Economy, Media and Sports Performance :

Role of politics and economy in the promotion of games and sports.

Role of media in promotion of sports.

Review of Sports Performance.

Causes of deterioration of Sports Performance.

Suggestions for the improvement of Sports Performance.

References :

1. Blair Jones & Simpson : "Educational Psychology ", The MacMillan Co., New York, 1962.

2. Brown, R. : "Social Psychology", Free Press, New York, 1965.

3. Bucher, Charles A. : "Foundations of Physical Education", St. Louis, 1979, The C.V.
Mosby Company.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 47

4. Conger, J.J. : "Adolescence and Youth : Psychological Development in a

Changing World", 22nd Edition, 1977, Harper and Row, New York.

5. Clarke, S.K.A. and Fein, : "Children : Development through Adolescence", John Wiley &
G.G. Sons, New York, 1983.

6. Cratty, B.J. : "Psychology and Physical Activity", Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,

Prentice Hall, 1968.

7. Hollander, E.P. : "Principles and Methods of Social Psychology", New York, 1971,
Oxford University Press.

8. Linsa, M.I. : "Child-Adults, Peers : Patterns Communication", Progress

Publishers, Moscow, 1985.

9. Linggren, H.E. : "Educational Psychology in the Class Room", John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 1962.

10. Loy, John W. and Kenyon : "Sport, Cultural and Society : A Reader on the Sociology of Sport",
Gerald, S. London, 1969, The MacMillan Co.

11. Hurlock, E.B. : "Adolescent Development", Appleton Century Crofts, New York,
1956.

12. Rushall, Brent S. and : "The Development and Control of Behaviour in Sport and Physical
Siedentop Daryl Education", Philadelphia, 1972, Lea and Febiger.

13. Shaphard, R.J. : "The Fit Athlete", Oxford University Press, 1978.

14. Singh, Ajmer et. al. : Modern Text Books of Physical Education, Health and Sports,
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2000.

15. Talamini, John T. and Page : "Sport & Society – An Anthology", Boston, 1973, Little Brown Co.
& Charles, H.

16. Walia, J.S. : "Foundations of Educational Psychology", Paul Publishers,

Jalandhar City, 1992.

17. Wilmore, Jack H. : "Athletic Training and Physical Fitness", 1977, Allyn and Bacon,
Inc., 470, Atlantic Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts.
 48 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

PAPER-B : Max. Marks : 65

Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 05 marks
Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND STUDENTS :

(i) There shall be nine questions in all, spread over five units.
(ii) First question/unit is compulsory. It will contain six short answer type questions, spread over
the whole syllabus to be answered in 30 words each. It will carry 12 marks.
(iii) Rest of the paper shall contain four units for descriptive questions. Each unit shall have two
questions and the students shall be given internal choice i.e. the students shall attempt one
question from each unit.
(iv) All questions/units will carry equal marks.
(v) Private candidates and the students of the University School of Open Learning will not be
allowed to take this subject.

UNIT-I 12 Marks

Entire syllabus given in the Units II to V will be covered to set six short answer type questions in first
question/unit of the question paper which is compulsory.

UNIT-II 12 Marks

Respiratory and Digestive Systems :

Meaning of Respiration, types of Respiration, Organs of the Respiratory System.

Functions of the Respiratory System. Vital capacity and its measurement.

Mechanism and Neural Control of Respiration.

Meaning, Importance and Organs of Digestive System.

Functions, processes, mechanism and Nerve Regulators of Digestive System.

UNIT-III 12 Marks
Circulatory System and Blood :
Meaning of the circulatory system.
Heart, its structure, functions and control of the heart rate.
Various types of blood vessels and their functions.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 49

Cardiac Cycle.

Meaning, functions and composition of blood.

Maintenance of blood supply.

Blood groups and their importance.

Blood Clotting.

UNIT-IV 12 Marks

Communicable Diseases, Yoga and Asanas :

Meaning of a communicable disease. Communicable diseases such as HIV/AIDS, Viral

Hepatitis—A, B & C and Tetanus, their modes of transmission and methods of prevention.

Meaning, aim, and types of Yoga. Concept of Hatha Yoga and its relationship with physical,
mental and spiritual health.

Meaning, principles and importance of Asanas.

Meditative poses (Padamasna, Vajra Asana, and Sukh Asana), their technique, precautions and
effects/advantages.

Cultural poses (Savasna, Halasana, Bhujangasana Sarvangasana, Salbhasana, Dhanurasana and

Chkrasana), their technique, precautions and effects/advantages.

UNIT-V 12 Marks

Sports Injuries, Disability and Rehabilitation :

Basis of Sports Injuries.

Common Sports Injuries, such as sprains, strains, fracture, dislocation, abrasions, contusion,
bruise, tennis elbow. Their causes, preventive and remedial measures.

Treatment and care (RICE) of sports injuries.

Meaning, types, causes and preventive measures of disability.

Problems of the disabled. Physical Activity and health for disabled.

Meaning and scope of Rehabilitation.

 50 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

References :

1. Chaurasia, B.D. : "Handbook of General Anatomy", CBS Publishers and

Distributors, First Edition, 1981.
2. Dandiya, P.C., Jafer, Z.Y. K. and : "Health Education and Community Pharmacy", Second
Jafer Afifa Edition, 1996, Reprinted in 1998, Vallabh Prakashan,
Pitampura, New Delhi.
3. Govt. of India : "Occupational Diseases : A Guide to Recognition and
Notification", Chief Adviser Factories, Ministry of Labour
and Employment, New Delhi, 1955.
4. Park, J.E. & Park, K. : "Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine", 10th
Edition, 1985, Banarsi Dass Bhanot, Jabalpur, India.
5. Parrot, J.W. : "Anatomy and Physiology for Physical Education
Teachers", Lend : Edward Arnold Ltd., 1983.
6. Rao, M.N. and Lundgren, N.P.V. : "A Review of Occupational Health Research in India",
ICMR, New Delhi, 1955.
7. Rose & Wilson : "Foundations of Anatomy and Physiology", 5th Edition,
1981, Reprinted in 1985.
8. Winter Griffith, H. : "Complete Guide to Sports Injuries", First Indian Edition,
1989, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Sampath, K. & Uma Maheshwar, B. : "Human Anatomy & Physiology", First Edition, 1999-
2000, Birla Publications, Delhi.
10. Singh, Ajmer et. al. : "Modern Text Book of Physical Education, Health and
Sports", Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2000.
11. Smith, Olive and F. Guthrie : "Rehabilitation and Remedial Exercise", Bailliere, Tindall
and Cox Limited, London, 1949.
12. Sri Anand : "The Complete Book of Yoga : Harmony of Body and
Minds", Orient Paper Back, New Delhi, 1980.
13. Staford, T. & Ellen Davis Kelly : "Preventive and Corrective Physical Education", Third
Edition, 1958, Ronald Press Co., New York.
14. Swami Kuvalyananda : "Kaivalyadhama", Lonavala, Bombay, 1933.
15. Vijayendra Pratap : "A Teacher’s Guide for Beginning Yoga", First Edition,
1987, Sky Foundations, Philadelphia, Pennsylavania,
U.S.A.
16. World Health Organisation : "Health Hazards of the Human Environment", Geneva,
1962.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 51

PRACTICAL 70 marks

ATHLETICS

Jumps (Long jump or triple jump or high jump) :

(a) Approach run (b) Take off (c) Flight (d) Landing (e) Brief information of
various styles, and practice of any one style depending upon the facilities available (f) Rules and
regulations of the jump taught.

GAMES

(Basket ball or foot-ball and any other one game of the choice of the student)
(a) Measurements (Basket ball ground).
(b) Number of players and officials.
(c) Rules and Regulations of the game.
(d) Fundamental and basic skills.

Foot Ball : (a) Measurements (foot-ball ground, goal post, ball and flag
post).
(b) Number of players and officials.
(c) Fundamental Skills : Types of kicks (low drive, lofted
kick, half and full volley and put kick). Dribbling and
running with the ball, trapping, receiving and ball control
techniques, pass and passing techniques (heading
techniques, kicking and shooting practice, goal keeping
technique).

Physical Fitness Tests :

More emphasis shall be given on physical fitness with regard to specific physical fitness components
(Endurance and Strength).

Test 1 : ENDURANCE : 9/12 min. run and walk test.

Test 2 : STRENGTH : Standing broad jump test.

52 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Division of Practical Marks : Marks for each activity shall be divided as under :
Athletics 15 marks, games 15 marks, participation and achievement in sports/games 10 marks, physical
fitness 10 marks, viva voce 10 marks and internal assessment 10 marks based on overall performance of a
student during the current academic session which will be assessed by the teacher concerned.

Note : 1. Pole-vault, Hammer Throw, Hurdles, Relay races and steeple chase race are not included in
the practical syllabus/course due to the fact that these events are highly technical.
Moreover, in the absence of proper facilities required for the events mentioned above may
prove to be injurious/fatal to the students.

2. 12 periods per week (6 periods each for theory and practicals) shall be allotted to a class.

3. The theory and practical class shall consist of 60-80 students and 30-40 students
respectively.

4. The theory (Paper A and Paper B) papers shall consist of 65 marks each and practical
papers shall consist of 70 marks.

5. As per the Panjab University Calendar, Chapter XX (page 298) Volume III, 1996, the
maximum teaching work load for a Lecturer in Physical Education for B.A. Pass Course is
24 periods per week, which includes theory as well as practicals.

6. The choice of games by the students shall be confined to the games approved by the
Association of Indian Universities.

7. A student is required to prepare a practical note book of athletic events and games given in
the syllabus.

---------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 53

EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five units : I, II, III, IV and V. Unit I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective unit of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18
marks. The students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in unit V which will be
compulsory. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions
of one main question. Preferably set the words limit for answer (300-350 words for units I, II, III, IV and
75 words for each short answer type question in Unit V).

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :

The students will be required to attempt one question each from Units I, II, III and IV. Unit V will be
compulsory. Students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in Unit V. The words
limit will be 300-350 words for Unit I, II, III and IV; and 75 words for each short answer type in Unit V.

Objectives :
1. To acquaint the students with major foundations underlying Education.

2. To enable the students to understand the concept of Philosophy of Education.

3. To enable the students to understand the concept of Educational Sociology and Educational
Technology.

4. To enable the students to understand major Philosophies and their Educational implications.

COURSE CONTENTS :

UNIT-I
Philosophical, Sociological, and Technological Foundations of Education—Concept and their
Role in Education.

UNIT-II
Philosophy of Education – Definition, Nature and Scope.
Difference between Educational Philosophy and Philosophy of Education.
 54 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-III
Educational Sociology – Definition, Nature and Scope.
Information and Communication Technology—Role in Education.

UNIT-IV
Major Philosophies of the World—Idealism, Naturalism and Pragmatism—Main Features. Their
Contribution to Education.

Books Recommended :

1. Aggarwal, J.C. : Theory and Principles of Education, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.

2. Bhatia, K.K. and : Philosophical and Sociological Bases of Education, Tondon

Narang, C.L. Publications, Ludhiana, 2002.

3. Sataya, R.N. and : Development of Educational Thought and Practice, Dhanpat Rai
Shaida, B.D. Publishing Company (P.), New Delhi, 1996.

4. Taneja, V.R. : Foundations of Education, Mohindra Capital Publishers, Panchkula,

1998.

5. Singh, K. : Vidiyak Manovigian, Gujral Book Depot, Patiala, 1999.

Paper-B : PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five units : I, II, III, IV and V. Unit I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective unit of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
eight short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 18
marks. The students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be
compulsory. The question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions
of one main question. Preferably set the words limit for answer (300-350 words for Units I, II, III, IV and
75 words for each short answer question in Unit V).

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :

The students will be required to attempt one question each from units I, II, III and IV. Unit V will be
compulsory. Students are required to attempt 6 short answer type questions out of 8 in Unit V. The words
limit will be 300-350 words for Unit I, II, III and IV and 75 words for short answer type question in Unit V.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 55

Objectives :

1. To enable the students to understand the perspective roles of heredity and environment in
educational development of a child.

2. To enable the students to understand the concept of personality and its place in Education.

3. To make the students familiar with the concept of Special Education; the special needs of the Gifted,
Backward and Delinquent Children and their Educational implications.

4. To make the students familiar with the concepts of Emotions, Stress and Stress management among
adolescents.

COURSE CONTENTS :

UNIT-I
Difference between Psychology and Educational Psychology, Significance of Educational
Psychology.

Heredity and Environment – Concepts and their role in Educational development.

UNIT-II
Personality : Concept, Assessment and its Educational Implications.

UNIT-III
Special Education : Meaning and Concept.
Types of Exceptional Children with special reference to the Gifted, Backward and Delinquents
(Their Characteristics and Educational Implications).

UNIT-IV
Emotions and Stress – Concept, Types of Stress (Physical, Psychological and Social), Stress
Management with Special Reference to Adolescents.

Books Recommended :

1. Batra, Promod : Simple Ways to Manage Stress, Think Inc., Delhi, 1997.

2. Carewell, M., : Psychology, Harper Collins Publishers Ltd., London, 2000.

Clark, L. &
Meldrum, C.

3. Clare, Sylvia : Emotions –Releasing Your Child’s Potential, UBS Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi, 2003.

4. Chauhan, S.S. : Advanced Educational Psychology, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2003.
 56 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

5. Dhaliwal, A.S. : Vidyak Mnovigian, Punjabi University, Patiala, 2001.

6. Dutt, Sunil & : Teaching Learning – A Process Approach, Samir Publications, Chandigarh,
Sodhi, G.S. 1995.

7. Goleman : Emotional Intelligence, Baanam Books, New York, 1995.

Daniel

8. Kirk, Semual : Educating the Exceptional Child, I.B.H. Publishing Co., Calcutta, 1992.

9. Mangal, S.K. : Advanced Educational Psychology, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.

10. Panda, K.C. : Education of Exceptional Children, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2003.

--------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 57

ADULT EDUCATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Max. Marks : 200

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Practical : 100 Marks

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five units : I, II, III, IV and V. Units I, II, III and IV will have two
questions from the respective units of the syllabus and will carry 18 marks each. Unit V will consist of
8 short answer type questions which will cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry
18 marks in all. Each short question will carry 3 marks.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATE :

The students will be required to attempt at least one question from each unit I, II, III and IV. The
students are required to attempt 6 short questions out of 8 in Unit V which will be compulsory. The
question paper should preferably carry internal division of marks for all the sub-questions of one main
question.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE :

The main objectives of the paper are :

1. To expose students to the psychology of adult learner and the strategies used to motivate them.
2. To provide an overview of concept and strategies of Total Literacy Campaign.
3. To provide the basis of suitability of teaching-learning materials and audio visuals material used
for neo-literates.
4. To acquaint students with various agencies of adult education.
5. To expose students with the monitoring methods, procedures and levels of monitoring.
6. To acquaint students with evaluation of Adult Education programme.
7. To acquaint students with adult education and its linkage with development.

THEORY :

Unit-I
(i) Psychology of Adult Learners and Motivational Strategies.

(ii) Total Literacy Campaign : Concept and Strategies.

 58 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-II

(i) Suitability of Teaching – Learning Materials and Audio Visuals; Material for Neoliterates.
(ii) Suitability of Training Material for Preraks and Nodal Preraks.

Unit-III

(i) Agencies of Adult Education : Government and Non-Government.

(ii) Monitoring of Adult Education Program : The Paradigm Context : General Considerations, Need for
Monitoring, Components in Monitoring Methods, Procedures and Levels of Monitoring.

Unit-IV

(i) Evaluation of Adult Education Program : Meaning and Scope, Its Purpose, Preparation of Programs
for Evaluation.
(ii) Adult Education and its linkage with Development.

PRACTICAL/FIELD WORK :
Max. Marks : 100
External : 90 Marks
Internal : 10 Marks
Participation of the students in the following :
(i) Monitoring of 5 Adult Education Centres.
(ii) Evaluation of 5 Adult Learners.

Books Recommended :

1. Singh, Madan & Mahanty : Companion to Adult Education, National Literacy

Mission, Director of Adult Education, Ministry of
Human Resources Development, Dept. of Adult
Education, New Delhi, 1999.

2. Alan Rogers : Teaching Adults, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi, 1989.

3. Mohanty, J. : Adult & Non-Formal Education, Deep Publications,

New Delhi, 1993.

4. Chopra, R. & Grover, R. : Adult Education, the Indian Publications, Ambala

Cantt., 1982.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 59

5. Melcoln Tight : Education for Adults, Vol. I, Groom Helm, London,

1983.

6. Ahmad Nasim : Understanding the Adult Learner : Indian Perspective

Literacy Mission, 1994, Vol. XVII.

7. Annonymous : How to Arouse Interest of Adult Learners and Sustain it

over a Period of Time, Literacy Mission, 1988, Vol. XI,
No. 10.

8. Mali, M.G. : Adult Education in India, Deep and Deep Publications,

New Delhi, 1984.

9. Nimbalkar, M.R. : Adult Education and its Evaluation System, Mittal

Publications, Delhi, 1987.

10. Goyal, G., and Meera Kakar : Motivation : An Integral Part of Adult Education :
Indian Journal of Adult Education, 1987, Vol. 48,
No. 2, p. 31.

11. Kanwal, R. : Motivation towards Adult Education, Criterion

Publications, New Delhi, 1990.

12. Vashist, S. R. : Adult Education : Issues, Problems and Prospects,

Pointer Publishers & Distributors, 1997.

13. Reddy, Subba, C.N.V. : Linkages with Developmental Agencies, in the book
‘Research in Adult Education’, Edited by Bhatia, S.C.
and Patil, B.R., Indian Adult Education Association,
New Delhi, 1983.

---------------------
 60 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

MUSIC (Vocal)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
General Instructions
1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. There should not be more than eight students in a batch for practical examination.
3. Harmonium will not be allowed as accompaniment in vocal music, but harmonium can be used while
singing Alankars.
4. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music.
5. The candidate can also take instrumental music with tabla.
6. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper
shall also be sent.
7. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will
contain two questions each. The candidates are required to attempt Five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit. The ninth question from unit V based on the Notation shall be
compulsory.
8. Separate Practical paper shall be set for each session from the syllabus prescribed for Practical
Paper-B.
9. There would be upto ten students in one section.

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 90 marks

Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 90 marks

(i) Viva . : 70 marks

(ii) Gayan : 10 marks
(iii) Tabla : 10 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 +10) : 20 marks

Total : 200 marks

Paper-A : THEORY
Unit–I

1.1 Historical developments in North Indian Music during medieval period (13th to 17th A.D.).
1.2 Brief knowledge of Gram, Murchhana.
1.3 Elementary knowledge of Raga-Ragini Vergikaran.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 61

Unit–II

2.1 Gharana, its importance and contribution towards Khyal Gayan.

2.2 Importance of Tanpura and Sahayak Nada.
2.3 Knowledge of Alap, Tana and its various forms.

Unit-III

3.1 Brief life sketches of the great masters of Music and their contributions.
(i) Ustad Faiyaz Khan Sahib of Agra.
(ii) Sh. Krishan Rao Shankar Pandit.
(iii) Ustad Amir Khan Sahib.
(iv) Pt. Vinayak Rao Patwardhan.

3.2 Explain the following :

Upaj, Mukhda, Bol-Alap, Khatka.
3.3 Definition of Gamak and its Varieties.

Unit-IV

4.1 Description of the Ragas and Talas prescribed in the course :

Ragas—Malkauns, Kedar, Bhairav, Bhimplasi and Bihag.
4.2 Knowledge of writing Talas in single and double.
4.3 Knowledge of the following Non-detailed Ragas :
Chandrakauns, Kalingda, Kamod and Dhani.

Unit-V

5.1 Ability to write the Vilambit and Drut Khayal of ragas prescribed in the course :
Malkauns, Kedar, Bhairav, Bhimplasi and Bihag.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL

1. One Drut Khayal in each of the following Ragas with Alaps and Tanas :
Malkauns, Kedar, Bhairav, Bhimplasi and Bihag.
2. One Vilambit Khayal in any of the detailed Ragas prescribed in the course with extempore Alaps
and Tanas.
 62 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

3. One Dhrupad in Thah and Dugan layakaries in any of the detailed Ragas prescribed in the course.
4. One Lakshan-Geet in any of the prescribed ragas.
5. Ability to play Ektal and Chautal on Tabla.
6. Ability to recite the following talas in Thah and Dugun layakaries by hand :
Tilwada, Dhamar, Teental and Roopak.
7. Ability to recognize the prescribed Ragas sung by the Examiner.
8. Knowledge of the following Non-Detailed Ragas : Ability to sing their Aroh, Avroh and Pakads
with Tanpura; Chandrakauns, Kamod, Kalingda and Dhani.
9. Ability to sing one Drut Khayal of your course with Harmonium.

Books Recommended :

1. Sangeet Visharad : Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras (U.P.).

2. Rag Parichaya Part II : H.C. Srivastav, Sangeet Sadan Prakashan, 134, South
Malaka, Allahabad.
3. Sangeet Kaumudi Part IV (Punjabi) : S.S. Kareer, published by Punjabi University,
Patiala.
4. Hamare Sangeet Ratna : Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras (U.P.).
5. Sangeet Sar Part II : Mrs. Veena Mankaran, Raj Publishers (Regd.)
Adda Tanda, Jalandhar City.
6. Kramik Pustak Malika Part I to IV : Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.
7. Rag–Vigyan Part I to VII : Pt. V. Patwardhan.

-------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 63

MUSIC (Instrumental)
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
General Instructions

1. In case of the private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. There should not be more than eight students in a batch for practical examination.
3. Harmonium can be used while singing Alankaras.
4. In Instrumental Music, the candidates have the option to take any one of the following instruments :
Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri, Shehnai.
5. The candidate can take vocal music along with instrumental music.
6. The candidate can also take instrumental music with tabla.
7. While sending the syllabus to paper-setter in theory, the syllabus prescribed for the practical paper
shall also be sent.
8. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will
contain two questions each. The candidates are required to attempt Five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit. The ninth question from Unit V based on the Notation shall be
compulsory.
9. Separate Practical paper shall be set for each session from the syllabus prescribed for Practical
Paper-B.

Paper A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 90 marks

Paper B : PRACTICAL (20 Minutes duration) : 90 marks

(i) Viva : 70 marks
(ii) Gayan : 10 marks
(iii) Tabla : 10 marks
Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 + 10) : 20 marks

Total : 200 marks

Paper-A : THEORY
Unit-I

1. Historical developments of Indian music during medieval period i.e. 13th to 17th Century.
2. Gamak and its varieties.
3. A study of Shudh raga, Chhayalag raga, Sankirna raga.
 64 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-II

1. Definitions and explanations of the following musical terms :

Various Bols of Mizrab, Alap, Jod, Kan, Andolan, Chal-Achal Thata, Kampan, Meend, Ghaseet,
Zamzama, Krintan.
2. Meaning and definition of Gharana and its importance in Indian Classical Music.
3. Classification of Indian Musical Instruments.

Unit-III

1. The life sketches and contributions of the following musicians :

(i) Ustad Inayat Khan.
(ii) Ustad Vilayat Khan.
(iii) Pt. Lal Mani Mishra.
(iv) Ustad Abdul Halim Zaafar Khan.

2. Knowledge of Avirbhava-Tirobhava and Alpatva—Bahutava with example.

Unit-IV

1. Description of the prescribed ragas and talas :

Ragas : Bhairav, Bihag, Durga, Malkauns and Kamod.
Talas : Ektal, Deepchandi, Tilwara, Tivra.

2. Description of the following Non-detailed ragas :

Shankara, Kalingada, Chhaya Nat.

Unit-V

Knowledge of writing notation of Vilambit gat and Drut gat in the prescribed Ragas :
Bhairv, Bihag, Durga, Malkauns and Kamod.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL

1. One Razakhani (Drut) Gat with Toras and Jhalas in each of the following ragas :
Bhairav, Bihag, Durga, Malkauns and Kamod.
2. One Maseetkhani (Vilambit) Gat with Alaps & Toras in any of the prescribed detailed ragas.
3. A knowledge of the following non-detailed ragas with Aroh, Avroh & Pakad :
Shankara, Kalingada, Chhayanat.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 65

4. One Gat in Madhaya laya Ektal.

5. Use of one Swara Meend and Kan.
6. Ability to play Ektal and Teental on Tabla.
7. Ability to sing five Alankaras of Shudh Swaras with the help of Harmonium.
8. Ability to demonstrate the following talas by hands in Ekgun and Dugun Layakaries :
Talas : Ektala, Deepchandi, Tilwara, Tivra.

Books Recommended :

1. Rag Prichaya Part III and IV : H.C. Srivastava, Sangeet Sadan Prakashan, 134,
. South Malaka, Allahabad.

2. Sangeet Bodh : S.S. Paranjape, Madhya Pradesh Hindi Granth

. . Academy, Bhopal.

3. Hamare Sangeet Ratan : Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras.

4. Sangeet Sar-Part II : Mrs. Veena Mankaran, Raj Publishers (Regd.), Adda

. Tanda, Jalandhar City.

5. Sangeet Shastra Vigyan : Panna Lal Madan, Abhishek Publication, Chandigarh.

6. Rag-Vigyan : Pt. V. Patwardhan.

-------------------------
 66 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

TABLA (Instrumental Music)

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

General Instructions

1. In the case of private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.

2. (a) In all, nine questions will be set from the whole syllabus.
(b) The question paper will be divided into five units. First four units will contain two questions
each, out of which candidates are required to attempt one question from each unit.
(c) Unit fifth will be compulsory which will be based on Notation.
(d) The candidates are required to attempt five questions.

Paper-A : THEORY (3 Hours duration) : 90 marks

Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 90 marks

(i) Viva : 60 marks

(ii) Harmonium : 10 marks
(iii) Tabla : 10 marks
(iv) Padhant on Hand : 10 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory & Practical) (10 + 10) : 20 marks

Total : 200 marks

Paper-A : THEORY
UNIT-I

(a) Origin and Evolution of Tala.

(b) Brief study of Ten Pranas of Tala.
(c) Definition of Tisra, Chatasra, Khand, Mishra and Sankeern.

UNIT-II

(a) Definition with examples of the followings :

Uthan, Gat, Rau, Chakradar, Nagma.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 67

(b) Ability to write in notation the Dugun, Tigun and Chaugun of the following talas :
Teentaal, Ektaal, Jhaptal, Sultal, Adachautal, Dadra, Kehrwa.
(c) Explanation of playing techniques of the following :
Dhage, Tirkit, Ghe-Ghe Rela, Kradhatita, Gadigan, Kdan, Ghednag-Kednag.

UNIT-III

(a) Knowledge of Uttar Bhartiya Taal system.

(b) Knowledge of Karnatak taal system.
(c) Introduction of V.D. Palaskar Tala Notation system.

UNIT-IV

(a) Importance of Gharanas of Tabla-Vadan.

(b) History of Playing Techniques of Lucknow & Farrukhabad Gharanas.
(c) Life sketches and contribution of following :
– Ustad Abid Hussain.
– Ustad Ahmedjan Thirkuwa.
– Ustad Amir Hussain Khan.

UNIT-V

Ability to write in notation of compositions and layakaries in following Talas :

Teentaal, Jhaptal, Roopak, Deepchandi, Tivra.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL

(a) Tala prescribed Rupak, Tivra, Jhaptal, Sultal.

Deep Chandi and Jhumra Talas.
(i) Proper Badhat of the following Talas by hand on Tabla or Pakhawaj :
Rupak, Tivra, Jhaptal, Sultal.
(ii) Two laggies in Dadra and two in Keharwa.
(iii) Theka of Jhumra Tal in Vilambit Laya.
(iv) Sultal-Tukras, Parans Bedam Tehais, Damdar Tehai, Chakradar Paran and Rela.
Jhaptal : One Qaida, One Peshkar, One Gat and Rela.
Rupak : Peshkar, Gat, Qaida, Paran and Chakardar Paran.
 68 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

(v) Practical knowledge of playing Deep Chandi with Thumri.

(vi) Tivra : Playing Theka of Tivra in Ekgun, Dugun and Chaugun layakaries.

(b) Practice of playing the above mentioned Talas with Vocal and Instrumental Music.
(c) Knowledge of Shudh and Vikrit Swaras.
(d) Practice of playing Nagma on Harmonium in Roopak, Sultal and Jhaptal.
(e) Tuning of Tabla.

Books Recommended :

1. Taal Prichaya Part I & II : G.C. Shrivastva.

2. Taal Martand : B.S. Sharma.

3. Bhartiya Talon Ka Shastriya Vivechan : Arun Kumar Sen.

4. Bhartiya Sangeet Vadya : L.M. Mishra.

5. Hamare Sangeet Ratna : Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras.

6. Tabla Vadan – Part-II Publication (Pbi. : Manmohan Sharma

University, Patiala)

-------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 69

INDIAN CLASSICAL DANCE

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
General Instructions

1. In the case of private candidates, there will be no internal assessment and the marks obtained in the
external assessment of the practical examination shall be proportionately increased.
2. In all, nine questions will be set. The question paper will be divided into five units. Four units will
contain two questions each. The candidates are required to attempt five questions selecting at least
one question from each unit. The ninth question from Unit V based on notation shall be compulsory.
3. Harmonium will be allowed to play Nagma.
4. The practical paper shall be set from the syllabus prescribed for Paper-B (Practical)

Paper-A : THEORY (3 hours duration) : 90 marks

Paper-B : PRACTICAL (20 minutes duration) : 90 marks

(i) Viva : 70 marks

(ii) Harmonium : 05 marks
(iii) Tabla : 05 marks
(iv) Padhant on Hand : 10 marks

Internal Assessment (Theory + Practical) (10 +10) : 20 marks

Total : 200 marks

Paper-A: THEORY

Unit-I
1. Definition of the following :
Bharamari, Chari, Astooti, Gati, Paran.
2. Development of Kathak Dance in Mughal period.
3. Survey and essential characteristics of Bharta Natyam.

Unit-II
1. Knowledge of Solo and Group dance.
2. Survey of 13 Samyukta Mudra based on Abhinaya Darpan.
3. General study of Gharanas of Kathak dance and their comparison.
 70 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

1. Biography and the contribution of the following dancers in their respective field of specialization :
(i) Maharaj Sunder Prasad.
(ii) Pt. Shambhu Maharaj.
(iii) Pt. Birju Maharaj.

2. Knowledge of four folk dances of Himachal Pradesh.

Unit-IV

1. Brief study of Thumri in dance.

2. Importance of Gayan and Vadan.
3. Guru Shishya Parampara

Unit-V

Knowledge of writing notation of Talas, Amad, Tihai and Lehra.

Paper-B : PRACTICAL

1. Adachautal (Matra-14)
(i) Simple Tatkar with Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries.
(ii) Tora : 4
(iii) Amad : 1
(iv) Salami : 1
(v) Paran : 2
(vi) Chakardar Paran : 1

2. Teental
(i) Two Simple Tatkar
(ii) Amad : 1
(iii) Tora : 2
(iv) Paran : 1
(v) Chakardar Tora : 1
(vi) Kavit : 1
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 71

3. Four Gat Nikas.

4. Padhant of all Tukra, Tora, Paran, Chakardar Paran by hand.

5. Theka of all the Talas in Single, Dugun and Chaugun Layakaries by hand.

6. Ability to play Nagma in Adachautal.

7. Theka of following Talas on Tabla in Ek-gun and Dugun Layakaries :

(i) Dadra.
(ii) Keharva.

8. Practical demonstration of the folk dance of Punjab.

Books Recommended :

1. Nritya Prashan Panjika : J.N. Pathak

2. Kathak Nritya Shiksha : Puru Dadhich.

3. Nritya Prabhakar Prashanotri : J.N. Pathak.

4. Kathak Darpan : T.R. Azad.

5. Kathak Shingar : T.R. Azad.

-----------------------
 72 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

FINE ARTS

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : THEORY (History of Art) Max. Marks : 60

Paper–B : PRACTICAL
This paper consists of three sections :

Max. Marks Max. Time

1. Landscape Painting (on the spot) 30 5 hours
2. Life Sketching 30 5 hours
3. Poster & Book Cover Design or Clay Modelling 30 5 hours

Total : 90

SESSIONAL MARKS : 50 (based on work related equally to 3 sections).

Note : Minimum of nine hours teaching per week be assigned to the subject and out of nine hours, six
hours be ear-marked for practical classes and three hours for theory classes (per week).

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in India and the West. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different
terms, concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Paper-A : THEORY (History of Art) Max. Marks : 60

Time : 3 Hrs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTER AND CANDIDATES:

1. The paper carries 60 marks.

2. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions as per
the instructions given in the question paper.
3. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 10 questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 20 marks and shall
be a Compulsory question.
4. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be set
from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall attempt one
question from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all out of 8 questions.
Each question would be of 10 marks.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 73

Unit-I : History of Indian Painting

• Decorative Designs and Paintings of the 1439 Kalpasutra Manuscript.
• Manuscript Paintings of Chaurapanchashika and Nimat Nama.
• Mughal Paintings of Hamza-Nama, South Kensington Akbar Nama, Jahangiri-Portraits and
illustrations of birds and animals.
• Deccani Paintings –Tarif-i-Hussain-Shahi from Ahmednagar, Najam-ul-Ulum from Bijapur.

Unit-II : History of Indian Sculpture

• Gandhara –Fasting Buddha and Mahaparinirvana.
• Mathura –Portraits of the Kushana Kings.
• Sarnath –Seated Buddha.
• Sultanganj –Bronze Buddha.
• Deogarh –Vishnu Anantashayana.
• Ellora—Ravana Shaking Mount Kailasha.
• Mahabalipuram –Descent of Ganges (Kiratarjuniyam panel).

Unit-III : History of Western Art

• Early Renaissance : Masaccio-Expulsion, Holy Trinity.
• High Renaissance: Leonardo Da Vinci – Last Supper; Michelangelo—Creation of Adam from
the Sistine ceiling, Pieta.
• Northern Renaissance : Durer – Knight, Death and the Devil.
• Baroque : Rubens –Garden of Love.
• Neo-Classicism and Romanticism : David –The Death of Socrates; Constable-The Haywain.
• Realism : Courbet –Artist’s Studio.

Unit-IV : Definition of Key Terms and General Concepts

• Art and Craft, Design, Mosaic, Tribal Art, Folk Art, Composition – Volume, Texture, Space,
Unity, Harmony, Rhythm, Proportion, Piece – mould, Waste mould, Six Limbs of Indian
Painting.

Pedagogy :
The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.
 74 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Suggested Readings :

1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Corporation,

New Delhi, 1983.
2. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vol. I, II and III
(Sculpture and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.
3. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain,
1959.
4. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
5. Ray, N.R. : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, Panjab University,
Chandigarh, 1974.
6. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.
7. Brown, Percy : Indian Painting under the Mughals, Cosmo Publications, New
Delhi, 1981.
8. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of
Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.
9. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.
10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.
11. Read, Herbert : Meaning of Art, Faber & Faber, London, 1972.
12. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.
13. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.
14. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.
15. Arnason, H.H. : A History of Modern Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 1988.

Paper–B : PRACTICAL
This paper consists of three sections :
Max. Marks Max. Time
1. Landscape Painting (on the spot) 30 5 hours
2. Life Sketching 30 5 hours
3. Poster & Book Cover Design or Clay Modelling 30 5 hours

Total : 90

Note : The same paper setter will be requested to set papers in all the three options in Section III.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 75

SECTION-I
LANDSCAPE PAINTING (on the spot)

LANDSCAPE PAINTING : To study relationships of objects, their arrangements in the foreground,

middle distance and distance, texture, relative size of masses, tones and colours, use of linear and aerial
perspective.

Medium : Oil, Water or Pastel colours.

Size : ½ Imperial.

SECTION-II

LIFE SKETCHING

LIFE SKETCHING : From live Model or Cast-Monochrome in any medium, ½ Imperial Sheet.
Emphasis should be on structure, proportion, foreshortening, textural values, posture and individuality
of the model.

SECTION-III

POSTER & BOOK COVER DESIGN OR CLAY MODELLING

POSTER :
Commercial and advertising designing.
Understanding of Colour harmony and contrast.
Imparting understanding of Printing purposes.

BOOK COVER DESIGN :

Concept of Lettering : Block lettering, Roman lettering, Script lettering and free hand brush lettering.
To design book cover with illustration and title, author’s name etc. in three colours (excluding the
background colour)

Medium : Pen & Ink, Poster Colours.

Size : 25 cms. × 20 cms.

OR

CLAY MODELLING :
To render animal or human forms in clay in relief. Minimum number of three forms to be composed.
Size of slab minimum 30 cms × 25 cms. Creative Pottery—Creative Pot making in clay—any size.
 76 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SESSIONAL MARKS : 50 (based on work related equally to 3 sections).

Sessional Marks will be given on the basis of the work done during the session, in all the 3 sections. At
least five works will be submitted in each section. Sessional marks shall be given by external and internal
examiners jointly. In case of difference of opinion, marking may be done separately by each examiner
giving marks out of 50 % of the aggregate of the Sessional Marks.

--------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 77

HISTORY OF ART

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : HISTORY OF INDIAN PAINTING (from ca. 9th century to Max. Marks : 100
ca. 1800 A.D.) AND SCULPTURE (from ca. 4th century Time : 3 Hours
A.D. to ca. 6th century A.D.)

Note :
1. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions
as per the instructions given in the question paper.

2. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 14 questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 28 marks and
shall be a Compulsory question.

3. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be
set from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall
attempt one question from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all
out of 8 questions. Each question would be of 18 marks.

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in India. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Unit-I
Development of Miniature Painting :
(a) Eastern Indian.
(b) Western Indian.

Unit-II
Painting under the Mughals :
(a) Akbar.
(b) Jahangir.
(c) Shahjahan.
 78 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III
Indian Miniature Painting :
(a) Rajasthani Schools—Mewar, Bundi, Kishangarh.
(b) Pahari Schools—Basohli, Guler, Kangra.

Unit-IV
Indian Sculpture in the Classical Phase :
Sculpture under the Guptas – Mathura, Sarnath, Deogarh, Ajanta.

Pedagogy :
The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.

Suggested Readings :

1. Kramrisch, Stella : Survey of Painting in the Deccan, Oriental Books Corporation,

New Delhi, 1983.
2. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vols. I, II and III
(Sculpture and Painting Sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.
3. Goswamy, B.N. & E. : Pahari Masters : Court Painters of Northern India, Museum
Fischer Reitberg, Zurich Switzerland, 1992.
4. Khandalvala, Karl : Pahari Miniature Painting, The New Book Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
Bombay, 1958.
5. Rowland, Benjamin : The Art and Architecture of India, Penguin Books, Great Britain,
1959.
6. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture, Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
7. Barrett, D. and Gray, B. : Painting of India, The World Publishing Co., Ohio, 1963.

8. Brown, Percy : Indian Painting under the Mughals, Cosmo Publications, New
Delhi, 1981.
9. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of
Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.
10. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.
11. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 79

Paper-B : HISTORY OF EUROPEAN PAINTING AND SCULPTURE (from 1300 A.D. to ca.
1850 A.D.) and THEORY AND PRINCIPLES OF ART APPRECIATION

Max. Marks : 100

Time : 3 Hours
Note :
1. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. The candidate is to attempt 5 questions
as per the instructions given in the question paper.
2. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 14 questions spread over the whole
syllabus. Each question is to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. It shall carry 28 marks and
shall be a Compulsory question.
3. 8 questions are to be set from the entire syllabus consisting of 4 units. Two questions will be
set from each unit and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. a candidate shall
attempt one question from each unit. So in all, the candidate shall attempt 4 questions in all
out of 8 questions. Each question would be of 18 marks.

Objectives :
The aim of the paper is to introduce to the students various schools, styles and phases of the developments
in painting and sculpture in the West. The emphasis will be to make them aware of the different terms,
concepts, forms and subject matter of these works.

Unit-I : History of European Painting and Sculpture

(a) Early Renaissance–Masaccio, Donatello.
(b) High Renaissance–Lenoardo Da Vinci, Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian.

Unit-II
Baroque Period–Caravaggio, Rubens, Rembrandt, Bernini, Claude Lorraine.

Unit-III
(a) Neo-Classicism and Romanticism–David, Ingres, John Constable, W. Turner.
(b) Realism–Courbet.

Unit-IV : Theory and Principles of Art Appreciation

(a) Definition of the term Miniature.
(b) Six limbs of Indian Painting and their manifestations in actual works.
(c) Indian concept of primary colours and their symbolic meaning.
(d) Indian theory of Rasa, Bhava and Beauty.
 80 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Pedagogy :
The students are expected to familiarize themselves with the art forms as seen from the books, slides and
related films.

Suggested Readings :
1. Janson, H.W. : History of Art, Thames & Hudson, London, 2001.

2. Gardener, Helen : Art Through the Ages, Harcourt Brace & Co., U.S.A., 1991.

3. Gombrich, E.H. : The Story of Art, Phaidon Press Limited, New York, 1995.

4. Turner, Jane (ed.) : The Dictionary of Art, Macmillan Publishers Limited, New York,
1996.

5. Aggarwala,V.S. : Heritage of Indian Art, Publications Division, Ministry of

Information & Broadcasting, Govt. of India, New Delhi, 1976.

6. Aggarwala,V.S. : Indian Art (English), Varanasi, 1965.

7. Aggarwala,V.S. : Bhartiya Kala (Hindi), Prithvi Prakashan, 1977.

8. Murray, Peter and Linda : A Dictionary of Art & Artists, Penguin Reference Book, Great
Murray Britain, 1959.

9. Rowland Benjamin (Jr.) : Art in East and West, Beacon Press, Toronto, 1964.

10. Ray, Niharanjan : An Approach to Indian Art, Publication Bureau, P.U.,

Chandigarh, 1974.

11. Majumdar, R.C. (editor) : The History and Culture of Indian People, Vol. I, II and III.
(Sculpture and Painting sections only) Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
Bombay, 1996, 1990, 1988.

-------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 81

ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM 320 A.D. TO 650 A.D.

Objectives :
The main objective of this paper is to make students do a detailed study of the political history and cultural
development starting from the Gupta period till the death of Harsha.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

1. The theory question paper will be of 90 marks and 10 marks will be for internal assessment.

2. For Private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.

3. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. All questions shall carry equal marks. The paper
shall be of 3 hrs. duration.

4. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire
syllabus. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. Each short answer
type question shall be of 2 marks OR A question on map. The map work shall consist of 12 marks
for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes.

5. The map question shall have the following topics :

(a) Extent of Chandragupta II’s empire.
(b) Extent of Harsha’s empire.
(c) Distribution of monuments of the Gupta-Vakataka period.

6. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The
paper-setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i.e.
the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Each question shall carry 18 marks.

UNIT-I

1. (a) Political condition of Northern India on the eve of the rise of the Guptas.
(b) Foundation of the Gupta Empire.

2. The Imperial Gupta rulers.

 82 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-II
1. Decline of the Gupta Empire.
2. The Gupta administration.
3. Cultural and Economic achievements during the Gupta period.

UNIT-III
1. The Vakatakas of the Deccan.
2. The Huna Invasions and their impact.

UNIT-IV
1. The Aulikaras of Daspura, the Maukharis and the Later Guptas, Pallavas & Chalukyas of Badami,
Vatapi.
2. The Pushyabhutis of Thanesar : Political and Cultural survey.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

The students are expected to have an idea of the original sources for the reconstruction of the history of the
period. Maps and transparencies should be put to use for better understanding by the students.

Essential Readings :

1. Agrawal, Ashvini : Rise & Fall of the Imperial Guptas, Delhi, 1989.

2. Altekar, A.S. & Majumdar, : The Vakataka-Gupta Age, rpt., Delhi, 1967.
R.C.

3. Majumdar, R.C. & Dasgupta, : The Comprehensive History of India, Vol. III, Pt. 1, Delhi
K.K. (Eds.) 1981, (Chapters Dealing with the Gupta and the Post Gupta
History).

4. Majumdar, R.C. : Ancient India, rpt., Delhi, 2003.

5. Mookerji, R.K. : The Gupta Empire, Bombay, 1952.

6. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Kanauj, Delhi, 1964.

7. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Ancient India, rpt., Delhi, 1977.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 83

Paper-B : HISTORY AND CULTURE OF INDIA FROM 650 A.D. TO 1200 A.D.

Objectives :
The primary objective of this paper is to acquaint the students about the political development in India after
the death of Harsha. A detailed study of the various dynasties ruling in the different parts of our country
will be made.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

1. The theory question paper will be of 90 marks and 10 marks will be for internal assessment.

2. For Private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (2) in the question paper.

3. The paper-setter is required to set 9 questions in all. All questions shall carry equal marks. The paper
shall be of 3 hrs. duration.

4. The first question shall be of short answer type containing 15 short questions spread over the entire
syllabus. The candidate is required to answer any 9 short answer type questions. Each short answer
type question shall be of 2 marks OR A question on map. The map work shall consist of 12 marks
for the map and 06 marks for the explanatory notes.

5. The map question shall have the following topics :

(a) Extent of Pratihara Empire.
(b) Distribution of Temples—Lingaraja, Konark, Jagannath, Kandariya Mahadev, Parsvanath,
Lakshman, Osian, Mahabalipuram.
(c) Important Centres of Education—Nalanda, Ujjain, Pushpagiri, Nagarjunakonda.

6. The rest of the paper shall contain 4 Units. The entire syllabus has been divided into 4 Units. The
paper- setter shall set 2 questions from each unit and the candidate shall be given internal choice i.e.
the candidate shall attempt one question from each unit. Each question shall carry 18 marks.

UNIT-I :
1. Pratiharas
2. Palas

UNIT-II :
1. Paramaras
2. Chahamanas
 84 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-III :
1. Gahadavalas
2. Chandellas

UNIT-IV :
1. Rashtrakutas
2. Cholas.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

The students should be given an outline of the original sources that help to reconstruct the political history
of the dynasties and the kings. Slides and transparencies should be used in the class room lectures.

Essential Readings :

1. Majumdar, R.C. : Ancient India, rpt., Delhi, 2003.

2. Puri, B.N. : The History of the Gurjara-Pratiharas, Delhi, 1986.

3. Majumdar, R.C. : History & Culture of Indian People, Vol. IV, The Age of
Imperial Kanauj, Bombay, 1955 (Relevant Chapters)
Vol. V, The Struggle for Empire, Bombay 1957 (Relevant
Chapters)

4. Sastri, K.A.N. : A History of South India, Madras, 1955.

5. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Ancient India, rpt., Delhi, 1977.

6. Ray, H.C. : Dynastic History of India, 2 Vols, Calcutta 1931,1936.

7. Altekar, A.S. : Rastrakutas and Their Times, Poona, 1967.

8. Bhatia, Pratipal : The Paramaras, New Delhi, 1970.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 85

DEFENCE & STRATEGIC STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
Note : 1. There will be two theory papers A and B carrying 70 marks each. The internal assessment
will be of 10 marks for each of the two papers and 40 marks are kept for the practical test.
Each theory paper will have one compulsory short answer type question containing 15
questions of 2 marks each covering the entire syllabus. The candidates will be required to
attempt any 10 short answer type questions. In addition, there will be four sections of the
question paper. The candidate will be required to attempt one question from each of these
sections carrying 12 ½ marks. Each theory paper will be of three hours duration. The
practical test will be of 1 ½ hours duration.

2. Practical examination will be compulsory for regular, correspondence and private

candidates. The serving armed forces and para-military personnel will be exempted from
practical examination and marks secured by such candidates out of 140 will be
proportionately raised out of 200.

3. The persons appearing as private candidates (except serving armed forces and para-military
personnel) shall have to complete the requirement of attending the practical at the
Department of Defence & National Security Studies, Panjab University, Chandigarh, in
January every year, after paying the required fee as prescribed by the University from time
to time. Private candidates shall have to attend practical classes for 10 hours spread over two
to three days for which the certificate shall be issued by the Chairman, Department of
Defence & National Security Studies, Panjab University only.

4. For reappearing candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment and
practical examination, their marks will be increased proportionately upto 100 marks for
each of two papers.

Paper-A: CONCEPT OF WARFARE Marks : 70

Time : 3 Hrs.

Objective :
This paper deals with the conceptual aspects of warfare focuses on the various aspects of warfare from
conventional to Nuclear age.

SECTION-I

1. War—Its definition and concept.

2. Principles of War : Historical Development, Meaning, Importance and Practical Application.

SECTION-II
3. Modern War : Meaning, Historical Development, Features and Humanisation of War.
4. Non-Conventional Warfare with reference to Guerrilla War, its Origin, Principles and Techniques.
 86 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-III

5. Nuclear War : Beginning of Nuclear Era, Effects of Nuclear explosions, Nuclear strategy,
Deterrence, Missiles and their classification.

SECTION-IV

6. Psychological aspects of war, Leadership, Motivation, Morale, Discipline, Panic and Fear.

Books Recommended :

1. Palit, D.K. Maj. Gen. : War in the Deterrent Age.

2. Montgomery, Field Marshal : A History of Warfare.
3. Tripathi, K.S. : Evolution of Nuclear Strategy.
4. Mao-Tse-Tung : Guerilla Warfare.

General Readings/References :

1. Fuller, J.F.C. : Armament and History and the Conduct of War.

2. Liddle Hart : Strategy of Indirect Approach.
3. Brodie Bernard : Strategy in the Missile Age.
4. Osanka, F.M. : Modern Guerilla Warfare.
5. Gerald, J. : Defence Psychology.
6. Boring, E. : Psychology in the Armed Force.
7. JFR Jacob : Surrender at Dacca, Birth of a Nation.

Paper B : INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS : STRATEGIC ASPECTS

Marks : 70
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :
This paper focuses on the various attributes of international relations and its role in maintaining peace &
security.
SECTION-I

1. National Interest and War : Definition of National Interest, its relationship with security, Foreign
Policy and War as an instrument of National Policy.

2. Balance of Power : Meaning, Historical Development, Evaluation and its functioning.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 87

SECTION-II

3. Cold War : Definition, Causes, Means, Diplomatic, Psychological, Economic effects and
Perspective.

SECTION-III

4. Collective Security : Meaning and Concept; Role of United Nations, Organisation in maintaining
Collective Security.

SECTION-IV

5. Disarmament and Arms Control : Meaning and Concept; Efforts by UNO towards its achievement.

Books Recommended :

1. Palmer and Perkins : International Relations.

2. Mahendra Kumar : Theoretical Aspects of International Politics.
3. Hasanan Qamar : Psychology for the Fighting Man.

General Readings/References :

1. Morgenthau, H. : Politics Among Nations.

2. Halperin Morton : Limited War in the Nuclear Age.
3. Khapp, W. : A History of War and Peace.
4. Lawrence Robert M. : Arms Control and Disarmament.
5. Flemming, D.F. : The Cold War and its Origin.
6. Lucas : A History of Cold War.
7. Frankel Joseph : The Making of Foreign Policy.

Paper-C : PRACTICAL Max. Marks : 40

Time : 1 ½ hours

Note : 1. Practical examination will be compulsory for regular, correspondence and private students.
2. There will be five questions in all and candidates will be required to attempt any three
questions of ten marks each.
88 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

3. Examiners are required to set the question paper at least half an hour before the examination.
4. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for practical.
5. For practical classes, the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen.
6. Practical exercises should be carried out on drawing sheets with explanatory notes or on
computer.

SECTION –A : Practical Test Marks : 30

1. Bearing : Definition, types and inter conversion of bearing in detail.

2. Liquid Prismatic Compass : Features and functions of its various parts.
3. Determination of Individual Compass Error.
4. Setting of Map : With Compass and without compass.
5. Marching by Compass : To set the compass in a particular direction for night march.
6. Finding Position on the Map : Determine one’s and enemy’s position on the map by
resection and intersection method.

SECTION-B : Practical Record : Marks : 5

SECTION-C : Viva-Voce : Marks : 5

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 89

HISTORY

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

General Instructions : (For Papers A & B)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

(ii) One question from Unit IV shall be set on the map.

(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.

Explanation :

1. Each essay type question would cover about one-third to one half of a topic detailed in the syllabus.
2. The distribution of marks for the map question would be as under :
Map : 10 marks
Explanatory Note : 08 marks

Note : In case, a paper setter chooses to set a question on important historical places, the paper-
setter will be required to ask the students to mark 10 places on map of 1 mark each and
write explanatory note on any four of 2 marks each.

3. The paper-setter would avoid repetition between different types of questions within one question
paper.

Paper A : HISTORY OF INDIA, 1750-1964 A.D.

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of India in Modern times.
Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussions.
 90 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-I

1. Foundation of British Rule : The battles of Plassey and Buxer and their significance; Reforms of
Warren Hastings.
2. Administrative Reforms : Reforms of Cornwallis, William Bentinck and Dalhousie.
3. The Uprising of 1857 : Political, socio-religious, economic and immediate causes; failure; results.

Unit-II

4. Economic Changes : British Agrarian policies; commercialization of agriculture; rural indebtedness;

deindustrialization and growth of modern industry; theory of economic drain.
5. Socio-Religious Reform Movements : Brahmo Samaj; Aligarh Movement; Arya Samaj; Ramakrishna
Mission; Swami Vivekananda’s contribution.
6. Depressed Classes Movement : Contribution of Jotiba Phule, B.R. Ambedkar and Mahatama Gandhi.

Unit-III

7. Growth of Political Consciousness : Causes for the growth of political consciousness/nationalism;

foundation of the Indian National Congress; national movement upto 1919.
8. Indian National Movement : Gandhi’s emergence; circumstances leading to the non-cooperation
movement and its significance; demand for complete independence; the civil disobedience
movement.
9. Rise of Communal Politics : Factors responsible for the growth of communal politics; Separate
electorate; Muslim League and Pakistan Resolution.

Unit-IV

10. Towards Partition and Independence : Quit India Movement; British proposals for Independence;
Indian Independence Act of 1947.
11. Significant Developments after Independence,1947-66 : Making of the constitution; integration of
Princely states; the reorganisation of states.
12. Map :
(a) Important Historical Places – Delhi, Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Goa, Pondicherry, Surat,
Plassey, Buxar, Gwalior, Jhansi, Hyderabad, Sabarmati, Amritsar, Lucknow, Lahore and
Aligarh.
(b) Extent of the British Empire in 1856.
(c) Republic of India in 1950.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 91

Books Recommended :

1. Abdul Kalam Azad, Azadi Ki Kahani (Hindi Medium), Delhi : Orient Black Swan, 2007.

2. Bandyopadhyay, Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition : A History of Modern India, Delhi : Orient
Black Swan, 2007 (Also available in Hindi Medium).

3. Chandra, Bipan, Communalism in Modern India, Delhi : Vikas Publishers, 1987.

4. Chandra, Bipan et al., India’s Struggle for Independence, 1875-1947, Delhi : Viking/Penguin Books,
1989.

5. Chandra, Bipan, Aitihasik Sangharsh – EPIC Struggle (Hindi Medium), Delhi : Orient Black Swan,
2007.

6. Nanda, B.R., Making of a Nation : India’s Road to Independence, New Delhi : Harper-Collins, 1998.

Paper B : HISTORY OF THE PUNJAB, 1469-1966 A.D.

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives : To introduce the students to the history of Punjab since medieval times.
Pedagogy : Lectures, library work and discussions.

Unit-I

1. Guru Nanak Dev : Life and Teachings of Guru Nanak; concept of langar, sangat, guru gaddi; his
views on position of women.
2. Expansion and Consolidation of Sikhism : Contribution of Guru Angad, Guru Amar Das and Guru
Ram Das.
3. Guru Arjan Dev : His contribution to the Panth; compilation of the Adi Granth; causes and
significance of the martyrdom of Guru Arjan Dev.

Unit-II

4. Development of Sikhism : Guru Hargobind’s new policy and its justification; martyrdom of Guru
Tegh Bahadur and its significance.
5. Creation of the Khalsa : Circumstances leading to the creation of Khalsa and its significance; the
new injunctions and symbols of the Khalsa; post Khalsa activities of Guru Gobind Singh.
6. Banda Singh Bahadur : Establishment of independent rule; his achievements; socio-economic
transformation.
 92 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

7. Punjab under Ranjit Singh : Civil & military administration; land revenue system; Anglo-Sikh
relations upto 1839.
8. British Rule : Circumstances leading to the annexation of the Punjab; British administrative
structure.
9. Socio-Religious Reform Movements : Nirankaris, Namdharis; Singh Sabha.

Unit-IV

10. The Phases of Freedom Struggle : Agitation of 1907; the Ghadar Movement; the Jallianwala Bagh;
the Gurudwara Reform Movement; Circumstances leading to the partition of the Punjab.
11. Developments After Independence : Rehabilitation and resettlement after partition; Punjabi Suba
movement; the Reorganisation Act of 1966; agrarian changes.

12 Map :
(a) Important Historical Places – Amritsar, Goindwal, Anandpur Sahib, Chamkaur Sahib,
Kiratpur, Kartarpur, Paonta Sahib, Sirhind, Muktsar, Tarn Taran, Lahore, Machhiwara,
Ropar and Kapurthala.
(b) Battles of Banda Bahadur.
(c) Ranjit Singh’s Kingdom.

Note : In case, a paper setter chooses to set a question of map on important historical places, the
paper setter will be required to ask the students to mark 10 places on map of 1 mark each
and write explanatory note on any four of 2 marks each.

Books Recommended :

1. Grewal, J.S., The Sikhs of the Punjab : The New Cambridge History of India, New Delhi : Cambridge
University Press, 1999 (2nd edn.).
2. McLeod, W.H., Sikhs and Sikhism, New Delhi : Oxford University Press, 2000.

3. Banerjee, I.B., Evolution of the Khalsa, 2 Vols., Calcutta : A Mukherjee & Co., 1979 (2nd edn.).

4. Banga, Indu (ed.), Five Punjabi Centuries : Polity, Economy, Society and Culture c. 1500-1900, New
Delhi : Manohar, 1997.

5. Sinha, N.K., Rise of the Sikh Power, Calcutta : A Mukherjee & Co., 1973 (3rd edn. Rep.).

6. Teja Singh and Ganda Singh, A Short History of the Sikhs, Vol. I : 1469-1765, Patiala : Punjabi
University, 1983.
-----------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 93

POLITICAL SCIENCE
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :
(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units :
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Paper-A : INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours.

Objectives :
This paper provides students with a basic knowledge of the fundamental elements and institutions of
government, politics and processes in India at both the centre and state levels.

Unit-I

1. Constituent Assembly and making of India’s Constitution.

2. Basic Features of Indian Constitution.
3. Preamble and its importance.
4. Nature of Indian Federalism and Centre State relations.

Unit-II

1. Human Rights : An overview, National Human Rights Commission and Punjab State Human
Rights Commission.
2. Fundamental Rights and Fundamental Duties.
3. Directive Principles of State Policy.
 94 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

1. President : Election, powers, position and changing role.

2. Parliament : Composition, powers and role.
3. Indian Cabinet and Prime Minister : Election, powers, position and changing role.
4. Supreme Court : Judicial Review, Public Interest Litigation, Judicial Activism.

Unit-IV

1. Governor : Appointment, powers and role.

2. State Legislature : Composition, powers and role.
3. Council of Ministers and Chief Minister : Election, powers, position and role.
4. High Court : Composition, powers and role in the Indian Constitutional process.

Paper-B : INDIAN POLITICS

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives :
The aim of this paper is to enrich the student’s understanding of the working of the Indian political system
with reference to political parties, the party system, elections and voting behaviour. Units III and IV of the
paper examine in detail certain key issues and debates in contemporary India.

Unit-I

1. Nature of party system in India : A critical evaluation.

2. National Political Parties [Indian National Congress, BJP, CPI, CPI(M), BSP] : Organization,
Ideology and Electoral performance.
3. Regional Political Parties (SAD, NC, DMK, Telegu Desam) : Organization, Ideology and
Electoral performance.

Unit-II

1. The Election Commission : A critical evaluation and electoral reforms in India.

2. Pressure Groups in Indian Politics.
3. Voting Behaviour in India.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 95

Unit-III

1. Emerging Trends in Indian Politics.

2. Caste, Religion and Language in Indian Politics.
3. Regionalism in Indian Politics.
4. Liberalisation and Indian Politics.

Unit-IV

1. Basic principles and determinants of Indian Foreign Policy.

2. Non-alignment : Meaning and Relevance.
3. Role of India in Non-alignment Movement.

Books Recommended :

1. Rajiv Sikri, Challenge and Strategy : Rethinking India’s Foreign Policy, Sage Publications, New
Delhi, 2009.

2. S.D. Muni, India’s Foreign Policy : The Democracy Dimension, Foundation Books, Cambridge
University Press India, New Delhi, 2009.

3. Sumit Ganguly (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy : Retrospect and Prospect, OUP, 2009.

4. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing the Rubicon : The Shaping of India’s New Foreign Policy, Palgrave
Macmillan, 2004.

5. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution : Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press,
1966.

6. G. Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution : A History of the Indian Experience, New Delhi,
Oxford University Press, 1999.

7. D.D. Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.

8. C.P. Bhambri, The Indian State Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1997.

9. P. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, Hyderabad, Orient Longman, 1990.

10. P. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vol. II : Election Studies, Delhi, Chanakya
Publications, 1985.

11. P. Brass, Ethnic Groups and the State, London, Croom Helm, 1995.
96 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

12. P. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University Press,
1974.

13. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol. II, New Delhi, Radiant Publishers, 1984.

14. F.R. Frankel, India’s Political Economy 1947-2004 : The Gradual Revolution, Oxford, Oxford
University Press, 2005.

15. R. Kothari, State Against Democracy : In Search of Human Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.

16. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

17. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967.

18. Iqbal Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.

19. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977.

20. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.

21. S.P. Verma, and C.P. Bhambri (ed.), Election and Politics Consciousness in India, Meerut,
Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.

22. Partha Chatterjee (ed.), State and Politics in India, Oxford University Press, 1999.

23. Zoya Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (ed.), India’s Living Constitution : Ideas, Practices,
Controversies, Permanent Black, New Delhi, 2004.

24. Niraja Gopal Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 2001.

25. A.G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India, Oxford University Press, 2000.

26. Zoya Hasan, Parties and Party Politics in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 97

ECONOMICS
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper–A : MACRO-ECONOMICS
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objective : This paper aims to familiarize the student with the generally accepted principles of
macroeconomics. It deals with aggregates i.e. consumers as a whole, producers as a whole, exporters and
importers as a whole, the effects of government spending and taxation, and the monetary policy of the
central bank.
The course includes the basic theories of determination of income, consumption, investment, employment,
money and interest, inflation, Monetary and Fiscal policies, and business cycles.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

Meaning and Scope of Macro-Economics.

Determination of Income and Employment : Classical and Keynesian Theory of Income, Output,
Employment. Say’s Law of Markets, Aggregate Demand and Supply Functions.

Unit-II

Consumption and Investment Functions : Average and Marginal Propensity to Consume; Static and
Dynamic Multiplier; Marginal Efficiency of Capital. Investment : Types, Investment Demand Schedule
and Factors Affecting Investment Decisions.
 98 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

Theories of Money and Interest :

Money : Its Functions and Role, Money Market and Capital Markets.
Quantity Theory of Money : Fisher’s Equation, Cambridge Equation and Keynesian Theory.
Liquidity Preference Theory of Rate of Interest.
Banking : Major Functions of Commercial Banks. Credit Creation and Credit Control.

Unit-IV

Inflation and Macro–Economic Policies; Theories of Inflation; Cost-push and Demand-pull, Measures to
Control Inflation. Monetary and Fiscal Policies for Stabilization.

Trade Cycle : Meaning and Phases.

Recommended Readings :

1. T.F. Dernburg and D.M. McDougal : Macro Economics, McGraw Hill, New York, 1983.

2. O.P. Sharma (Punjabi Medium) : Macro Economics, Punjabi University, Patiala.

3. Ranjit Singh Ghuman : Antar-Rashtriya Arth Vigyan, Punjabi University, Patiala.

4. M.C. Vaish (Latest ed.) : Macro Economic Theory, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.

5. J. Harvey and M. Johnson : Introduction to Macro Economics (1971), McMillan,

London.

6. M.L. Jhingan : Macro Economic Theory, Varinda Publishers, Delhi,

2003.

Supplementary Readings :

1. Gardner Ackley : Macro Economic Theory, 1985, McMillan, New York.

2. C.W. Baird : Elements of Macro Economics, 1977, West Publishing

Company.

Note : Four to five lectures of 45 minutes each per week are required to complete the syllabi.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 99

Paper– B : PUBLIC FINANCE AND INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objective : The primary course objective is to introduce the students to the basics of public
finance and international trade. The first two units aim to introduce students to the primary functions of
government to generate resources from its people to spend money improving their lives. The last two units
are concerned with basic theories of international trade and commercial policies, balance of payments,
determination of exchange rates and role of international financial institutions.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 12 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

Introduction to Public Finance : Nature, Scope and its Importance.

Public Expenditure : Principles of Public Finance (Maximum Social Advantage), Effects of Public
Expenditure on Production and Distribution. Causes for the Recent Growth of Public Expenditure in India.

Taxation : Classification and Canons, Characteristics of a Good Tax System.

Unit-II

Public Debt : Its types and Role, Burden and Methods of Redemption of Public Debt.
Deficit Financing : Objectives and Limitations.
Incidence and Impact of Taxation : Demand and Supply Theory.
Taxable Capacity : Absolute and Relative Capacity, Determinants of Taxable Capacity.
100 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

Pure Theory of International Trade : Classical, Heckscher and Ohlin Theories; The Principles of
Reciprocal Demand and Terms of Trade.

Commercial Policy : Free Trade Vs. Protection, Rationale of Protectionist Policy in Less Developed
Areas, Impact of W.T.O. on Less Developed Countries.

Unit-IV

Theory of Balance of Payments and Exchange Rate : Meaning, Concepts and Components of Balance of
Payments. Disequilibrium in the Balance of Payments : Causes and Measures to correct the disequilibrium.

Rate of Exchange : Meaning and its Determination; Fixed Vs. Flexible Rate of Exchange and Purchasing
Power Parity Theory. IMF and IBRD : Objectives, Working and Achievements.

Recommended Readings :

1. A.R. Musgrave and P.B. Musgrave : Public Finance in Theory and Practice, McGraw Hills,
International Students' Edition, 1976.

2. C.P. Kindleberger : International Economics, Richard Irwin Homewood,

Illinois, Indian Edition (1987).

3. B.O. Soderston : International Economics, McMillan Press Ltd., 1990.

4. O.P. Sharma : Sarvjnik Vit, Punjabi University, Patiala.

5. Ranjit Singh Ghuman : Antar-Rashtriya Arth Vigyan, Punjabi University, Patiala.

Supplementary Reading :

H. Dalton : Principles of Public Finance, Routledge and Kegan Paul,

London (1954).

Note : Four to Five lectures of 45 minutes each per week are required to complete the syllabi.

---------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 101

SOCIOLOGY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
Paper-A : SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND SOCIAL CHANGE

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :
(i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. I will
be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the
entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt 9 short answer type questions out
of 12 i.e. 9 × 2 = 18 marks.
In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4 × 18 = 72 marks. The
students are required to attempt one question from each of the four units.
(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.
(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.
Objective :
This paper basically introduces students to both conceptual and theoretical understanding of society.
Students are introduced to the structural-functional approach and the contributions of various thinkers are
discussed to understand the meaning, process and factors of social change.
Course Content

Unit-I
Social Structure : Meaning, Characteristics, Elements – Status, Role, Norms and Values.
Structural–Functional Approach : Contributions of Radcliffe Brown.
Unit-II
Social Change : Meaning and Features.
Types of Social Change : Evolution (Comte), Revolution (Marx), Development – Changing Connotations.
Unit-III
Factors of Social Change : Economic, Demographic, Scientific and Technological, Educational,
Legislative.
Unit-IV
Processes of Social Change : Sanskritization, Westernization, Modernization, Secularization and
Globalization.
102 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Essential Readings :

1. Bierstedt, Robert (1970) : Social Order, New York : McGraw Hill.

2. Haferkand, H. and Smelser, : Social Change and Modernity, Berkeley : University of

N.J. (1992) California Press.

3. Macionis, John, J. (2005) : Society : The Basics, New York : Prentice Hall.

4. Madhurima (2010) : Readings in Sociology – Part-2, Jalandhar : New Academic

Publishing House (All Mediums).

5. Moore, Wilbert (1965) : Social Change, New Delhi, Prentice Hall.

6. Singh, Yogendra (1993) : Social Change in India, New Delhi : Haranand Publications.

7. Srinivas, M.N. (1963) : Social Change in Modern India, Berkeley : University of

California Press.

Further Readings :

1. Redcliffe-Brown, A.R. : Structure and Function in Primitive Society, London : Routledge

(1979) and Kegan Paul.

2. Haralambos, M. (1998) : Sociology : Themes and Perspectives, New Delhi : Oxford

University Press.

3. Talcott, Parsons (1959) : Social System, London : Tavistock Publications.

4. Singh, Yogendra (1996) : "Sociology and the Emerging Challenge of Change", Sociological
Bulletin, Volume 45, No. 1, March, Page 1-14.

5. Singer, M. (1972) : When a Great Tradition Modernizes : An Anthropological

Approach to Indian Civilization, New York : Praeger Publishers.

Paper-B : SOCIAL STRATIFICATION

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the
entire syllabus. The students are required to attempt 9 short answer type questions out
of 12 i.e. 9 × 2 = 18 marks.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 103

In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks each i.e. 4 × 18 = 72 marks. The
students are required to attempt one question from each of the four units.

(ii) On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.

(iii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (iii) in the question paper.

Objective :
All over the world, social groups are differentiated from one another and often ranked in terms of certain
criteria. In this paper, students are exposed to the theoretical understanding of social stratification. In the
Indian context, it is pertinent to apprise the students to the concept of social mobility and various factors
that contribute to it. The major purpose of this course is to prepare the students to understand the
hierarchical structure of groups in various societies and help them understand the social mobility.

Course Content

Unit-I

Social Stratification – Meaning, Features and Functions; Inequalities – Social and Natural.
Elements : Differentiation, Hierarchy, Ranking, Reward, Evaluation.

Unit-II

Theories of Social Stratification :

Functional – Davis and Moore.
Conflict – Karl Marx.
Multi-dimensional − Max Weber.

Unit-III

Forms : Caste, Class and Gender.

Features and Interface.

Unit-IV

Social Mobility – Meaning, Features, Types, Factors.

Indicators – Education, Occupation, Income.
104 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Essential Readings :
1. Bendix, R. & Lipset, S.M. (1974) : Class, Status & Power : Social Stratification in Comparative
Perspective, London : Routledge & Kegan Paul.
2. Ghurye, G.S. (1983) : Caste, Class and Occupation, Bombay : Popular Prakashan.
3. Giddens, Anthony (2001) : Sociology : A Text Book for the Nineties, London : Polity.
4. Haralambos, M. (1998) : Sociology : Themes and Perspectives, New Delhi : Oxford
University Press.
5. Johnson, Harry, M. (1998) : Sociology : A Systematic Introduction, Delhi : Allied
Publishers.
6. Macionis, John J. (2005) : Society : The Basics, New York : Prentice Hall.
7. Sharma, K.L. (1980) : Essays in Social Stratification, Jaipur : Rawat.
8. Tumin, M. (1987) : Social Stratification, New Delhi : Prentice Hall.

Further Readings :

1. Beteille, Andre (ed.) (1978) : Social Inequality, Auckland : Penguin Books.

2. Beteille, Andre (1996) : "Varna & Jati", Sociological Bulletin, Vol. 45, No. 1
(March) Pages 15-27.
3. Culvert (1982) : The Concept of Class, London : Hutchinson.
4. Gupta, Dipankar (1991) : Social Stratification, New Delhi : Oxford University Press.
5. Hughes, John et al (1995) : Understanding Classical Sociology, Marx, Weber &
Durkheim, London : Sage.
6. Richardson, C.J. (1977) : Contemporary Social Mobility, N.Y., Nicholas Pub. Co.
7. Inglis, David & John Bone (ed.) : Dimensions of Social Stratificationn, London : Routledge &
(2006) Kegan Paul
8. Levine, Rhonda (ed.) (2006) : Social Class & Stratification, U.K. Rowman & Littlefield
Publishers.
9. Saunders Peter (1990) : Social Class & Stratification, London, Routledge and Kegan
Paul.
10. Giddens, Anthony & Sutton W. : Sociology : Introductory Readings, U.K., Polity Press.
Philip (2010)
11. Schacfer, Richard, T. (2010) : Sociology : A Brief Introductions, N.Y., Tata McGraw Hill.

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 105

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading

Paper-A : PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION (with special reference to India)

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objective of the Paper :
The objective of this paper is to give the student an in-depth understanding of various aspects of public
personnel administration particularly recruitment, training, promotion. Contemporary issues like grievance
redressal machinery, corruption, morale etc. concerning administration of human resources in government
will also be examined.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL) students who have not been assessed
earlier for the internal assessment, the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be
increased in lieu of the internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (i) in question paper in this regard.
(ii) The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The
first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions, covering the whole
syllabus, to be answered in 25-30 words each, out of which the candidate would be required to
attempt any 9. Each question will carry 2 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units, each unit
having two questions, out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Each question
will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I

Personnel Administration : Meaning and Significance.

Civil Service : Meaning, features and functions.
Bureaucracy : Meaning, Characteristics, demerits and remedies.
Classification : Meaning, types, advantages and disadvantages. Classification of Civil Services in India.

Unit-II

Recruitment : Meaning, Methods, Problems. Recruitment to Higher Civil Services in India.

UPSC : Composition, Functions and Role.
SPSC : Composition, Functions and Role.
106 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

Training : Meaning, Types, Methods, Training of Higher Civil Services in India.

Joint Consultative Machinery, Staff Associations.
Conduct, Discipline and Ethics in Public Services.
Promotion : Meaning, Significance and Principles.

Unit-IV

Morale, Causes of low morale and measures for improvement.

Corruption in Administration : Causes and Remedies.
Central Vigilance Commission : Structure, functions and role.
Administrative Tribunals : Meaning, Significance, Types, Advantages and Disadvantages.

Essential Readings :

1. Rustom S. Davar : Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, (New

Delhi : Vikas Publishers, 1976).

2. O. Glenn Stahl : Public Personnel Administration, (New Delhi : Oxford and

IBH Publications, 1975).

3. S.L. Goel : Public Personnel Administration, (New Delhi : Sterling

Publishers, 2008).

Further Readings :

1. Paul Pigors and C.A. Myers : Personnel Administration : A Point of View and Method,
(New York, McGraw Hill, 1973).

2. Government of India, : Report on Personnel Administration, (New Delhi : Manager

Administrative Reforms of Publication, 1967).
Commission

3. Indian Institute of Public : Personnel Administration, (New Delhi : IIPA, 1970).

Administration

4. V.M. Sinha : Personnel Administration, (Jaipur : RBSA, 1986).

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 107

Paper-B : FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION (With Special Reference to India)

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objective of the Paper :
The objective of this paper is to give the student an in-depth understanding of various aspects of financial
administration like budgeting, auditing, centre-state financial relations etc. It would also make them aware
of : institutions like ministry of finance, union finance commission, parliamentary committees; and
concepts like direct taxes, indirect taxes, deficit financing, public debt.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) For Private/University School of Open Learning (USOL), students who have not been assessed
earlier for the internal assessment, the marks secured by them in the paper will proportionately be
increased in lieu of the internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (i) in question paper in this regard.
(ii) The candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all (one compulsory and one each from four units). The
first compulsory question shall comprise of 12 short-answer type questions, covering the whole
syllabus, to be answered in 25-30 words each, out of which the candidate would be required to
attempt any 9. Each question will carry 2 marks. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units, each unit
having two questions, out of which the candidate would be required to attempt one. Each question
will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I

Financial Administration : Meaning and Significance.

Budget : Meaning, Types and Principles.
Budgetary Process : Preparation and Enactment.

Unit-II

Union Ministry of Finance : Organisation, Functions and Role.

Centre-State Financial Relations.
Union Finance Commission : Composition and Functions.

Unit-III
Legislative Control over Finance.
Public Accounts Committee.
108 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Estimates Committee.
Committee on Public Undertakings.

Unit-IV

Audit : Concept, Objectives and Types.

CAGI : Appointment, Functions and Role.
Concepts : Direct Taxes, Indirect Taxes including Value Added Tax (VAT); Deficit Financing, Fiscal
Deficit, Public Debt and Public Expenditure.

Essential Readings :

1. S.L. Goel : Financial Management and Administration (New Delhi :

Sterling Publication, 1993).
2. Sahib Singh and Swinder : Public Personnel and Financial Administration (Jalandhar :
Singh, New Academic Publishers, 2007).
3. M.J.K.Thavaraj : Financial Administration of India (New Delhi : Sultan
Chand Publications, 1978).
4. G. S. Lall : Financial Administration in India (Delhi : H.P.J. Kapoor,
4th ed.).
5. S.S. Mookerjee : Indian Public Finance and Financial Administration (New
Delhi).

Further Readings :

1. Government of India, : Report on Financial Administration (New Delhi : Manager

Administrative Reforms of Publications, 1967).
Commission
2. Government of India, : Report on Financial Accounts and Audit (New Delhi :
Administrative Reforms Manager of Publications, 1967).
Commission
3. Government of India, : Report on Centre-State Relations (New Delhi : Manager of
Administrative Reforms Publications, 1967).
Commission
4. R.K. Sinha : Centre-State Financial Relations in India : Various Aspects,
Irritants, Framework for Action (New Delhi : Deep & Deep
Publications, 1986).

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 109

PHILOSOPHY
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012
Outlines of tests, syllabi and courses of reading

Paper–I : INDIAN ETHICS (Theory)

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures : 75

Aims and Objectives :

This paper highlights the ethical philosophies propounded in the different Indian Philosophical Systems. It
exposes the students to the main tenets of Buddhism, Sikhism, Gandhism, Gita and Vedic Culture.
This paper gives an insight into the nature of Ethics, moral notions and basic moral theories as propounded
by Western Ethical Philosophers. This paper also deals with problems of applied ethics.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.
(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

1. Salient Features of Indian Ethics with reference to Purusartha : Yoga Dharma and Sanatan Dharma.
2. Varna Vyastha and Ashrama Dharma : A Contemporary Analysis.

Unit-II

3. Buddhist Ethics : Four Noble Truths, Eight Noble Paths, Ahimsa and Karma Bhava Chakra.
4. Jain Ethics : Triratnas.
5. Sikh Ethics : Hukum, Nirbhau, Nirvair, Parupkar, Sewa and Sahaj.
 110 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Unit-III

6. Gandhi : Ahimsa, Satyagraha and Antyodaya.

7. Gita : Anasakta Karma, Lok Samgraha, Sva-Dharma.

Unit-IV

8. Yoga and Stress Management : Definition of Yoga, Ashtanga Yoga.

9. Yoga : Yama, Niyama, Asana, Pranayama, Pratyahara, Dharna, Dhyan, Samadhi.

Essential Readings :

1. I. C. Sharma : Ethical Philosophies of India, George Allen and Unwin, London,

. 1965.

2. Avtar Singh : Ethics of the Sikhs, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1970.

3. S. K. Maitra : The Ethics of the Hindus, Asian Publication Services, New Delhi,
. 1956.

4. B.N.S. Iyengar : Light on Yoga (English).

. Yog Dipika (Hindi).

5. Vivekananda : Raj Yoga, Advait Ashram.

Further Readings :

1. Surama Dasgupta : Development of Moral Philosophy in India, Munshi Ram Manoharlal

. Pub., New Delhi, 1994.

2. Four chapters on Freedom, Commentary on the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali, Swami Satyananda
Saraswati Yoga Publications Trust, Munger, Bihar-Chapter II Section 29 onwards, Chapter III—
Sections 1 to 6.

Paper–II : WESTERN ETHICS

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures : 75
Aims and Objectives :
This paper gives an insight into the nature of Ethics, moral notions and basic moral theories as propounded
by Western Ethical philosophers. This paper also deals with problems of applied ethics.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 111

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type
containing 15 short questions spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30
words each. The candidates are required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 18
marks i.e. 2 marks of each. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two essay
type questions, and the candidate shall be given internal choice of attempting one question from
each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

Unit-I

1. The Nature of Ethics : Virtues and Goodness, its concerns, Relation of Ethics with Aesthetics,
Psychology and Religion.
2. The notion of good and beauty, right, duty and obligation, development of morality.
3. Object of Moral Judgement : Actions, Intentions, Situations and Character.

Unit-II

4. Concept of Mitzwah in Judaism.

5. Concept of Love in Christianity.
6. Concepts of sin and freedom in Christian Tradition.
7. Categorical Ethics : Kant.
8. Virtue Ethics : Aristotle.

Unit-III

9. Teleological Ethics : (i) Hedonism; (ii) Utilitarianism : (a) Mill, (b) Bentham.

Unit-IV

10. Moral Rights of Foetus and Female Foeticide.

11. Sexual harassment and Gender Justice.
12. Environmental Ethics : Pollution, Land Degradation and Organic Farming and Global Warming.
112 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Essential Readings :

1. William Lillie : An Introduction to Ethics (London, Matheun, 1957).

2. Ved Parkash Verma : Neeti Shastra (in Hindi), Allied Publishers (New Delhi, 1987).

3. Aristotle : Nicomachean Ethics, Dordrecht : D. Reidel, Penguin Harmondsworth,

2001.

4. Peter Singer : Practical Ethics (Second Edition), Cambridge University Press, 1995.

Further Readings :

1. W. Frankena : Ethics, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, India, 1994.

2. J.D. Mcbbott : An Introduction to Ethics, London : Hutchinson, 1966.

3. John Hospers : Human Conduct : An Introduction to the Problems of Ethics, N.Y.,

Harcourt, 1961.

4. Rosaline Hursthome : Virtue Ethics, New York, Harcourt, 1961.

-----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 113

PSYCHOLOGY

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Objectives :
(i) Experimental Psychology course will emphasize on helping the students to gain knowledge about
nervous system, sensation and perception. This course will also give an insight into psychophysics,
statistics and cognitive aspects of psychology.
(ii) Pedagogy of the Course Work.
80% Lectures (including expert lectures).
20 % assignments, discussion and seminars.

Paper–A : EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short
answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30
words. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each.
It shall carry 14 marks and shall be compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units.
Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the
candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

UNIT-I : The Nervous System : Structure and Functioning of the Neuron; Divisions of Nervous
System—Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System; Structure and
Functioning of the Brain.

UNIT-II : Sensations : Vision—The Visual Stimulus, Structure and Functioning of the Eye,
Theories of Colour Vision; Audition The Auditory Stimulus, Structure and Functioning
of the Ear, Theories of Hearing.

UNIT-III : Psychophysics : Thresholds; Psychophysical Methods of Limits, Constant Stimulus and

Average Error; Psychophysical Relationships.
114 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV : Perception : Attention as Selective Perception; Perception of Form, Space and

Movement.

Paper–B : EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

(i) The syllabus has been divided into four units.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short
answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30
words. The candidate is required to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. 2 marks of each. It
shall carry 14 marks and shall be compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each
unit shall have two questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates
shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

(ii) For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks
secured by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper
in lieu of internal assessment.
The paper setter must put note (ii) in the question paper.

UNIT-I : Learning : Concept, Classical Conditioning, Operant Conditioning, and Observational

Learning.
UNIT-II : Memory : Sensory, Short Term and Long Term Memory. Levels of Processing; Measures
of Memory; Forgetting due to Decay and Interference.
UNIT-III : Thinking : Concept Attainment Reasoning; Problem Solving; Language in Thinking.

UNIT-IV : Statistics : Normal Probability Distribution; Properties and Applications : Hypothesis

testing—Type I and Type II Errors; Chi Square Test Application to One Way and Two
Way Classifications.

Note : The use of non-programmable calculators and statistical tables is allowed in the examination.

PSYCHOLOGY PRACTICALS Max. Marks : 40

Time : 3 Hours
Eight practicals have to be performed :
1. Division of Attention.
2. Span of Attention.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 115

3. Two Point Threshold.

4. Muller Lyer Illusion.
5. Differential Limen.
6. Effect of Mental Set on Perception.
7. Maze Learning.
8. Paired Associate Learning.
9. Comparing Recall and Recognition as Measures of Memory.
10. Retroactive Interference.
11. Bilateral Transfer of Training.
12. Problem Solving.

Books Recommended :

Essential Books :

1. D’Amato, M.R. (1970) : Experimental Psychology, New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Feldman, R.S. (1996) : Understanding Psychology, New Delhi : Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Garrett, H. E. (1966) : Statistics in Psychology and Education, New Delhi : Vakils, Feffer,
and Simons.

4. Morgan, C.T., King, R.A., : Introduction to Psychology, Singapore : McGraw Hill.

Weisz, J.R. and Schopler,
J. (1987)

5. Woodworth, R.S. and : Experimental Psychology, New Delhi : Oxford and IBH.
Schlosberg, H. (1954)

Reference Books :

1. Guilford, J.P., and : Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education, Singapore :

Fruchter, B. (1981) McGraw Hill.

2. Kling, J.W. and Riggs, : Experimental Psychology, New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
L.A. (1971)

--------------------
116 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

GEOGRAPHY

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : WORLD RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objectives :
• To understand concepts of resources and their interface with environment;
• To examine use and misuse of various resources and to analyse future prospects;
• To study various methods and approaches of conservation and management of natural resources;
• To understand the quantitative and qualitative aspects of human resources in spatial perspectives and
the associated environmental problems.

Course Content :
UNIT-I

Meaning, nature and components of environment. Nature and definition of resources. (6 lectures)
Resource—environment interface.

Classification of Resources : Renewable and nonrenewable : Biotic (forests, wild-life, live- (6 lectures)
stock, fisheries, agricultural crops) and abiotic (land, water, minerals).

UNIT-II

Distribution, availability, utilization and conservation of water; minerals and energy (15 lectures)
resources, their economic and environmental significance and sustainability.

Types and distribution of Forests, Fisheries and major Soils : Their economic and (15 lectures)
environmental significance and conservation; problems of soil erosion and soil conservation.

UNIT-III

Human Resources : Quantitative and qualitative aspects of population; numbers, distribution, (10 lectures)
density, growth, literacy and urbanization.

Population-Resource Relationship, Population – resource regions of the world. (4 lectures)

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 117

UNIT-IV

Environment : Natural and Human. Man-environment relationships—determinism, (10 lectures)

possibilism, ecology.

Biodiversity : Meaning and importance. (4 lectures)

Environmental Issues : Pollution; population explosion; food security; deforestation; (5 lectures)

conservation of wild life.

Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set covering the
whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. The answer of each part should not
exceed 25 words. Each part will carry 1.5 marks (Total 15 marks.)

2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole
syllabus, 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. Each question will carry 12.5 marks. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question at serial number 1.

3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Use of unmarked
stencils and colours are allowed.

4. Internal assessment will include written assignments, snap tests, participation in discussion
in the class, term papers, attendance etc.

5. For USOL/reappear/improvement candidate(s), who have not been assessed earlier for
Internal Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks
allotted to the paper(s) concerned.
The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper.

Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Chandna, R.C. : A Geography of Population, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana,

2009.

2. Chandna, R.C. : Environmental Awareness, Kalyani Publishers, New

Delhi,1998.

3. Hartshorne, Truman A. and : Economic Geography, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
John W. Alexander 1994, 3rd Edition.

4. Singh, Jagdish : Geography of Resources, Gyanodaya Prakashan, Gorakhpur,

2001.
118 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Further Readings :

1. Agarwal, A. et. al : The Citizen’s Fifth Report, Centre for Science and
Environment, New Delhi, 1999.

2. Kates, R.W. & Burton, I. : Geography, Resources and Environment, Vols. I & II,
(Eds.) University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1986.

3. Zelinsky, Wilbur : A Prologue to Population Geography, Prentice Hall, New

Jersey, 1966.

4. Zimmerman, E.W. : World Resources and Industries, Harper, New York.

Pedagogy :

• Maps can be shown related to distribution of various resources in the World and India.
• Diagrams and flow charts related to institutional setup and policy models may be prepared and
shown to students.
• Impact of problems associated to environment may be comprehended through field visits.

Paper-B : GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA – With special reference to Punjab

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objectives :
To foster compreshensive understanding of physical, human and economic resource base of India as well as
Punjab.

Course Content :

UNIT-I

India in the context of Asia and the World (5 lectures)

Land : Relief, drainage, climate, natural vegetation, soils, minerals (Iron ore, manganese, (5 lectures)
mica, copper, gold) and power resources.

People : Numbers, distribution and density, growth, urbanization and religious (5 lectures)
composition.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 119

UNIT-II

Economy (I) : (i) Agriculture - Characteristics and Problems of Indian (15 lectures)
Agriculture : Land use pattern, irrigation, major crops (rice,
wheat, maize, cotton, jute, tea and groundnut)

(ii) Transport - Rail, road, airways and waterways.

UNIT-III

Economy (II) : (i) Distribution and localization factors of major industries (iron and (15 lectures)
steel, cotton textiles, sugar, fertilizers, automobile).

(ii) International trade.

UNIT-IV

Location, evolution and administrative divisions of Punjab (15 lectures)

Land : Physiography and drainage, climate, vegetation and soils.

People : Number, distribution, density, growth, religious composition and urbanization.

Economy : Agriculture, Industry and Transport.

Note : 1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type questions shall be set covering the
whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 10 parts. The answer of each part should not
exceed 25 words. Each part will carry 1.5 marks (Total 15 marks.)

2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the whole
syllabus, 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. Each question will carry 12.5 marks. These will be in addition to the compulsory
question at serial number 1.

3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and diagrams. Use of unmarked
stencils and colours are allowed.

4. Internal assessment will include written assignments, snap tests, participation in discussion
in the class, term papers, attendance etc.

5. For USOL/reappear/improvement candidate(s), who have not been assessed earlier for
Internal Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks
allotted to the paper(s) concerned.
The paper-setter must put note (5) in the question paper.
120 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Deshpande, C.D. : India : A Regional Interpretation, Northern Book Centre, New Delhi,
1992.

2. Johnson, B.L.C. : India : Resources and Development, Arnold Heinemann, London,

1980.

3. Johnson, B.L.C. : South Asia, Heinemann, London, 1981.

4. Spate, O.H.K. and ATA : India & Pakistan : Land, People and Economy, Methuen, London,
Learmonth 1967.

5. Mankoo, Darshan Singh : Geography of Punjab, Kalyani Publications, Ludhiana, 2009.

6. Mavi, H.S. and DS : Geography of Punjab, National Book Trust, Delhi, 1993.
Tiwana

Further Readings :

1. Khullar, D.R. : India : A Comprehensive Geography, 2007, Kalyani Publishers, New

Delhi.

2. Singh, R.L. (Ed.) : India : A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society of

India, Varanasi, 1971.

3. Singh, Jagdish : India : A Comprehensive Systematic Geography, Gyanodaya

Prakashan, Gorakhpur, 2nd Edition, 2003.

4. Singh, Gopal : A Geography of India, Atma Ram & Sons, New Delhi.

5. Sharma, T.C. and O. : Economic and Commercial Geography of India, Vikas, New Delhi
Coutinho 2005.

6. Tirtha, Ranjit & Gopal : Emerging India, Conpub Ann Arbour Publishers, Michigan, 2006.
Krishan

Pedagogy :
Teaching should involve usage of visual aids especially maps. Students should be encouraged to use an
atlas in the classrooms. Audio-video shows on different parts of India and Punjab should be arranged if
possible.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 121

Paper-C : CARTOGRAPHY
Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3 Hours

Distribution of Marks :
Written paper of 3 hours duration : 30 marks
Viva and Practical record (10 + 10) : 20 marks

Objectives :

• To apprise the students with symbolization of different types of geographical data and depiction of
various spatial data.
• To provide training in application of various graphical methods of depicting geographic data.
• To train the students to interpret the topographical sheets at different scales.

Course Content :
UNIT-I

Symbolization of Geographical Data :

(a) Point Symbols : Dot, circle, sphere.
(b) Line Symbols : Isopleths and flow lines.
(c) Areas Symbols : Choropleth.
(5 lectures,10 lab. sessions)

UNIT-II
Construction and Significance of the following :
(a) Columnar Diagrams : Simple, percentage, superimposed, composite.
(b) Graphs : Line graphs, climograph, hythergraph, ergograph, wind rose.

(6 lectures, 12 lab. sessions)

UNIT-III
Cartographic Representation of :
(a) Population data (distribution, density, growth, migration and literacy).
(b) Agricultural data (land utilization, distribution of crops, percentage of cropped area and
irrigated area).
(c) Industrial data (distribution, employment and production).
(9 lectures, 30 lab. sessions)
122 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV

Topographical Maps : Significance of topographical maps in geographical studies.

Study and Interpretation of Topographical Maps of India including OSM and DSM (two sheets : one
representing a hilly/mountainous tract and the other a plain tract).
Profiles : Longitudinal and Transverse, profiles of rivers.
Introduction to Elementary concepts of GIS.
(6 lectures, 12 lab. sessions)

Note :
1. The written and practical examination including viva-voce shall be conducted at the
respective college itself except for USOL students. However, the format of the questions
paper shall be uniform. A separate paper for 30 marks shall be prepared for colleges by the
University from the prescribed syllabus.

2. Practical exam. at the respective colleges shall be conducted by one internal and one external
examiner. The external examiner shall be appointed by the Principal of the respective
colleges in consultation with the senior most teacher of geography in the college.

3. For students of USOL, a written theory paper for 30 marks shall be conducted by the
University alongwith the University examination.

4. A compulsory question containing 10 short answer type questions shall be set covering the
whole syllabus. The students shall attempt any 6 parts. The answer of each part should not
exceed 25 words. Each part will carry 1 mark (Total 6 marks).

5. The whole syllabus has been divided into 4 units. Eight questions will be set out of the
whole syllabus, i.e. 2 from each unit. The students will be required to attempt one question
from each unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at serial number1.

6. Evaluation of Practical Record will be done at the time of viva-voce examination. A

minimum of 20 sheets are to be prepared by the students. There will be no laboratory
exercise at that time.

7. There will be no viva-voce examination for the candidates appearing through USOL. They
will be required to submit their Practical Note Book (Practical files) with the University
School of Open Learning (Department of Geography) at least 10 days before the
commencement of their examination. Their Note Books (Practical files) will be evaluated by
two examiners (including at least one from the USOL).

8. For the students of USOL there will be an internal assessment of 10 marks in lieu of the
viva-voce examination in practical record and field report. The marks obtained by the
candidate will be added to the marks awarded by the internal and external examiners
evaluating the Practical Record and Field Report.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 123

9. A fresh practical note book/field report shall be prepared by failed/improvement candidates.

10. For Practical classes, the number of students in one group shall not exceed fifteen.

11. There will be 3 hours of teaching per week for this paper.

12. For USOL/reappear/improvement candidate(s) who have not been assessed earlier for
Internal Assessment, the question paper(s) in their case shall be of Maximum Marks allotted
to the paper(s) concerned.
The paper setter must put note (12) in the question paper.

Books Recommended :

Essential Readings :

1. Robinson, A.H. : Elements of Cartography, John Wiley, New York, 1995.

2. Singh, Gopal : Mapwork & Practical Geography, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1995.

3. Singh, L.R. : Practical Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad, 2006.

Further Readings :

1. Birch, T.W. : Maps : Topographical & Statistical, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1949.

2. Garnett, A. : Geographical Interpretation of Topographical Maps, George Harrap & Co.,

London, 1953.

3. Khullar, D.R. : Essentials of Practical Geography, New Academic Publishing Co.,

Jallandhar, 2009.

4. Monkhouse, F.J. : Maps and Diagrams, Methuen & Co., London, 1994 reprint.

Pedagogy :
The students need to be trained in the use of symbols to depict various geographic data.
They should learn to comprehend the topographical maps by deriving slopes and drawing profiles and are
able to interpret the maps.

----------------------
124 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

GANDHIAN STUDIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : SOCIAL THOUGHT OF MAHATMA GANDHI

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objectives :
The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the Social Thought of Mahatma Gandhi.

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

90% Lectures (including expert lectures)
10% Unit tests, snap tests, assignments, attendance and class room participation

Note : 1. The syllabus will be divided into four (4) units.

2. There shall be 9 questions in all.

3. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type containing 15 short
answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about
25-30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions
carrying 18 marks i.e. 2 marks of each.

4. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two essay type
questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question
from each unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I

1. Foundations and Characteristics of Gandhi’s Social Thought

2. Truth
3. Non-violence
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 125

Unit-II

4. Human Rights
5. Ideal Society, State and Rama Rajya

Unit-III

6. Education
7. Theory of Civilization
8. Morality and Religion

Unit-IV

9. Drive against Untouchability :

(a) Caste System
(b) Communal Award
(c) Poona Pact

10. Women Empowerment

Essential Readings :

1. Bandyopadhyaya, J. : Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Bombay : Allied

Publisher, 1969.

2. Bharathi, K.S. : Social and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, New Delhi : Concept,
1995.

3. Varma, V.P. : Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi & Sarvodaya, Agra : Laxmi
Narain Aggarwal, 1998.

Further Readings :

1. Suda, J.P. : Main Currents of Social and Political Thought of Modern India, Vol. II,
Meerut : K. Nath & Co., 1973.

2. Unnithan, T.K.N. : Gandhi and Social Change, New Delhi : Arnold Heinemann India, 1973.
126 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-B : POLITICAL THOUGHT OF MAHATMA GANDHI

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 marks
Internal Assessment : 10 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Course Objectives :
The paper is designed to acquaint the students with the Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi

Pedagogy of the Course Work :

90% Lectures (including expert lectures)
10% Unit tests, snap tests, assignments, attendance and class room participation

Note : 1. The syllabus has been divided into four (4) units.

2. There shall be 9 questions in all.

3. The first question is compulsory and shall be short answer type containing 15 short
answer type questions spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about
25-30 words. The candidate is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions
carrying 18 marks i.e. 2 marks of each.

4. Rest of the paper shall contain four (4) units and each unit shall have two essay type
questions and the candidates shall be given internal choice of attempting one question
from each unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I

1. Influences on Gandhi’s Political Thought

2. Theory of Ends & Means
3. Theory of State : Ideal and Practical

Unit-II

4. Panchayat Raj and Gram Swaraj

5. Freedom & Equality
6. Rights and Duties
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 127

Unit-III

7. Religion and Politics

8. Satyagraha :
(a) Meaning
(b) Essentials
(c) Forms & Significance
(d) Satyagraha & Passive Resistance
(e) Relevance of Satyagraha in the Modern State

Unit-IV

9. Power and Authority

10. Assessment and Contemporary Relevance

Essential Readings :

1. Bhattacharyya, : Evolution of Political Thought of Gandhi, Calcutta; Calcutta Book House,

Buddhadeva 1969.

2. Dhawan, G.N. : Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, Ahmedabad ; Navajivan Publishing

House, 1990, 4th Edition.

3. Varma, V.P. : The Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi and Sarvodaya, Agra; Lakshmi
Narain Aggarwal, 1981.

Further Readings :

1. Iyer, Raghavan : The Moral & Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, London; Oxford
N. University Press, 1973.

2. Mishra, A.D. : Perspectives on Human Rights, New Delhi; Radha Publications, 2002.
(ed.)

---------------------
128 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Objectives :
(i) The course will introduce students to the basic techniques of sourcing news stories and features;
train them in the art and science of writing and presenting in the areas of print, radio and the
television medium.
(ii) Pedagogy of the Course Work :
80 % lectures (including expert lectures).
20 % assignments, discussion and seminars.

Paper-A : PRINT JOURNALISM

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. of 2 marks each. It shall carry 14 marks and is a
compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the
candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each Unit – 4 in
all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit-I

Definition, nature and types of news and features; sourcing news and features.

Unit-II

Writing techniques and styles of news reports and features.

Unit-III

Role and responsibility of a sub-editor; basic editing techniques for copy and pictures; importance and
writing of headlines.

Unit-IV
Introduction to typography and design principles; page make up using publishing software.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 129

Paper-B : RADIO & TV JOURNALISM

Max. Marks : 80
Theory : 70 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and each to be answered in about 25 to 30 words. The candidate is required
to attempt any 7 short answer type questions i.e. of 2 marks each. It shall carry 14 marks and is a
compulsory question. Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and
the candidates shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall attempt one question from each
Unit – 4 in all. Each question will carry 14 marks.

Unit-I

Reporting and writing for Radio and TV.

Unit-II

Basic introduction to audio/video production.

Unit-III

Pronunciation and modulation in Radio/TV reporting : Pitch, volume, tempo, vitality.

Unit-IV

Basic camera shots and language of camera movements.

PRACTICALS
Max. Marks : 40

1. Portfolio of all issues of a laboratory quarterly publication. : 10 Marks

2. Compilation of 5-minute weekly TV news bulletins. : 10 Marks

3. Compilation of 10-minute weekly radio bulletins. : 10 Marks

4. Performance report of internship in the media of print, radio or TV. : 10 Marks

130 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Books Recommended :
Essential Readings :

1. Rivers, William, L. : Freelancer and Staff Writer : Newspaper Features and

Magazine Articles, Wadsworth Publishing Co., 1991.

2. Sharma, S.R. : Elements of Modern Journalism, S.S. Publishers, New

Delhi, 1999.

3. Chauhan, Swati and Chandra, : Foundation of News and Journalism, Kanishka

Navin Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.

4. Maur, Susan : Writing Your Own Scripts and Speeches, Mc Graw Hill,
London, 1991.

5. Ahuja, B.N. and Chhabra, S.S. : Principles and Techniques of Journalism, Surjeet
Publications, New Delhi, 1995.

6. Blundell, William : The Art and Craft of Feature Writing, Plume Inc., 1998.

7. Scannell, Paddy : Broadcast Talk, Sage Publications, London, 1991.

8. Hyde, Stuart : Television and Radio Announcing, Kanishka Publishers,

New Delhi, 1998.

9. Jain, S.P. : Art of Broadcasting, Intellectual Publishing House, New

Delhi, 1985.

10. Mufti Maqbool : Basics of Teaching of Arts and Audio Visuals, Dilpreet
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1996.

11. Look, Marshall, J. : Leads and Conclusions, Writers’ Digest Books, 1995.

12. Mencher, Melvin : Basic News Writing, Brown Publishers, Iowa, 1989.

13. Bhatt, S.C. : Broadcast Journalism : Basic Principles, Har Anand

Publications, New Delhi, 1993.

14. Sudarshan, K.N. : Electronic Media, Indian Publishers Distributors, 1998.

15. Jacobi, Peter B. : The Magazine Article : How to Think it, Plan it, Write it,
Indiana University Press, 1997.

16. Ravindran, R.K. : Handbook of Reporting and Editing, Anmol Publications,

N.D., 1999.

17. Sharma, S.R. : Information Technology, Mass Media and Management

Systems, Book Enclave, Jaipur, 1997.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 131

18. Joseph, M.K. : Textbook of Editing and Reporting, Dominant Publishers,

New Delhi, 2000.

19. George, T.J.S. : News Editing, IIMC, New Delhi, 1980.

20. Krause, Jim : Ideas Index : Graphic Effects and Typographic

Treatment, North Light Books, N.Y., 2000.

21. Moen, Daryl R. : Newspaper : Layout and Design, Iowa State University
Press, 1989.

22. Bringhurst, Robert : The Elements of Typographic Style, Hartley and Marks,
1997.

23. Wong, Wucius : Principles of Color Design, John Wiley and Sons, 1997.

24. Hoy, Frank : Photojournalism : The Visual Approach, Prentice Hall,

New Jersey, 1986.

25. Hurlburt, Allen : Publication Design, Van Norstrand-Reinhold and Co.,

1977.

26. Lewis, John : Typography, Barrie and Jenikins, 1978.

27. Maghdam, Dinah : Computers in Newspaper Publishing, Marcel-Dekker Inc.,

1978.

28. Worlock, Peter : The Desktop Publishing Book, Heinmann, 1983.

29. Davis, Bront : Teach Yourself Photoshop, Hayden Books, 1998.

30. Trewin, J. : Presenting on TV and Radio, UniLib Book Distributors,

2004.

31. Keith, M.C. : The Radio Station, UniLib Book Distributors, 2004.

32. Chapman, N. : Digital Media Tools, UniLib Book Distributors, 2004.

33. Bruce, G. : Practical Recording Techniques, UniLib Book

Distributors, 2004.

34. Stovall, J. : Writing for the Mass Media, Pearson Education, 2007.

35. Lorenz, A. and Vivian, J. : News : Reporting and Writing, Pearson Education, 1996.

36. Shook, F. : Television Field Production and Reporting, Pearson

Education, 2006.
132 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Reference Books :

1. Kennedy, A. : Beyond the Inverted Pyramid, Bradford Books, 1992.

2. Thomas Sunny : Writing for the Media, Vision Books Ltd., N.D., 1997.

3. Singh, Chandrakant : Before the Headlines : A Handbook of Television,

MacMillan India, New Delhi, 1999.

4. Shrivastava, K.M. : Radio and TV Journalism, Sterling Publishers, New

Delhi, 1989.

5. Parthasarthy, Rangaswami : Here is the News : Reporting for the Media, Sterling
Publishers, 1994.

6. Shaw, Eva : The Successful Writer’s Guide to Publishing Magazine

Articles, Rodgers and Nelson Publishing Co., 1998.

7. Wells, Gorden : The Craft of Writing Articles, Allison and Burby Inc.,
1997.

8. Yudkin, Marcia : Writing Articles About the World Around You, Writer’s
Digest Books, 1998.

9. Wray, Cheryl Sloan : Writing for Magazines : A Beginners Guide, NTC

Publishing Group, 1996.

10. Hay, Vicky : The Essential Feature : Writing for Newspapers and
Magazines, Columbia University Press, 1991.

11. Hennessey, Brendan : Writing Feature Articles : A Practical Guide to Methods

and Markets, Focal Press, 1997.

12. Wilber, Rick : Magazine Feature Writing, Bedford Books, 1994.

13. Campbell, Lawrence : A Guide to Radio-TV Writing, Iowa State University

Press, Iowa, 1950.

14. Cohen, Akiba : The Television News Interview, Sage, London, 1987.

15. Williams, Robin : The Non Designers Design Book, Peachpitt Press, 1994.

16. Fink, Anne : Faces on the Edge : Type Design in the Digital Age,
Peachpitt Press, 1998.

17. Allen, John : Newspaper Design, Harper Bro., 1947.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 133

18. Craig, James : Production for the Graphic Designer, Watson-Gutpill

Publications, N.Y., 1979.

19. Arnold, Edmund C. : Functional Newspaper Design, Harper and Row, 1956.

20. Davis, Alec : Graphics : Design into Production, Faber and Faber,
1973.

21. Sutton, Albert A. : Design and Make-up of the Newspaper, Prentice Hall,
1970.

22. Evans, Harold : Newspaper Design, Holt, Rhinehart and Winston, 1974.

--------------------------
134 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

POLICE ADMINISTRATION

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Outline of tests, syllabi and courses of reading

Paper-A : POLICE PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
(A) Course Objectives :
The objective of this course is to give inputs to the students on the various aspects of personnel
relevant to police administration. Effort is made to impart knowledge to the candidates about the
meaning, nature, scope and significance of Police Personnel Administration in India. In addition, job
analysis, job description, pay policy, compensation and fringe benefits have been discussed. Further,
the recruitment, training and promotion system in Police Service in India has been included in the
syllabus. The students are also taught about the performance appraisal, police ethics, corruption in
police, code of conduct and discipline along with doctrine of pleasure.

(B) Pedagogy of the Course Work :

90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent
would comprise of two internal examinations and attendance.

(C) Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates :

• There shall be 9 questions in all.

• The first question shall be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate
is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks (9×2 = 18 marks).
• Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates
shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates
shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry 18
marks (4×18 = 72 marks).

Course Content :

Unit-I
Meaning, Nature and Scope of Police Personnel Administration; Significance of Police Personnel
Administration in India; Career System in Police Administration.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 135

Unit-II

Job Analysis and Job Description of Police Personnel – Concept and Significance; Pay Policy,
Compensation and Fringe Benefits.

Unit-III

Recruitment : Meaning and Methods; Recruitment of Police Personnel in India; Training : Meaning and
Types; Training of IPS Officers and State Police Services in India; Promotion : Meaning and Principles;
Promotion of Police Personnel in India.

Unit-IV

Performance Appraisal; Police Ethics and Code of Conduct; Corruption – Meaning and Causes; Corruption
in Police Force; Disciplinary Actions; Doctrine of Pleasure – Safeguards against Arbitrary Punishment.

Essential Readings

1. Administrative Reforms : Report on Personnel Administration, 11th Report,

Commission Government of India, New Delhi.

2. Goel, S.L. : Public Personnel Administration, Deep & Deep

Publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.

3. Mamoria, C.B. : Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing House,

Mumbai, 2007.

4. Zehra, Kaneez : Training of I.P.S., Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi,

1993.

5. Muthuswamy, P. : Swamy’s Manual on Disciplinary Proceedings, Swamy

Publishers (P.) Ltd., Madras, 1986.

Further Readings :

1. Saxena, A.P. : Training and Development in Government, The Indian

Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi, 1974.

2. Singh, Sahib Bhayana, : Public Personnel and Financial Administration, New

Singh, Swinder and Academics, Jalandhar,1990.
Dogra, R.K.

3. Ghosh, P. : Personnel Administration in India, Sudha Publications

Private Limited, New Delhi, 1973.
136 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-B : LAW AND ORDER ADMINISTRATION

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

(A) Course Objectives :

The principal objective of the syllabi is to acquaint the students with the basics of Law and Order
Administration in India. Specifically, the students will be imparted the knowledge about the meaning,
nature, scope and significance of Law and Order Administration in India along with some basic issues and
emerging patterns. The endeavour is to discuss in detail the role and significance of Primary and Auxiliary
Agencies of Law and Order Administration. Further, the role of Law and Order Administration in crowd
management, communal riots, agrarian and industrial conflicts has also been discussed. The students are
also taught about the challenges before Law and Order Administration. In addition, the concept of National
Security along with challenges to it, in contemporary terms have been included in the syllabus.

(B) Pedagogy of the Course Work :

90 per cent of the Course Content would be delivered through Lecture Method and rest 10 per cent would
comprise of two internal examinations and attendance.

(C) Instructions for Paper Setters and Candidates :

• There shall be 9 questions in all.

• The first question shall be compulsory and be short answer type containing 12 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus and to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate
is required to attempt any 9 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks (9×2 = 18 marks).

• Rest of the paper shall contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidates
shall be given internal choice i.e. the candidates shall have two questions and the candidates
shall attempt one question from each unit i.e. four questions in all. Each question will carry 18
marks (4×18 = 72 marks).

Course Content :

Unit-I

Meaning, Nature and Scope of Law and Order Administration; Significance of Law and Order
Administration in India; Law and Order Administration – Some Basic Issues and Emerging Patterns.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 137

Unit-II

Role and Significance of Primary Agencies of Law and Order Administration – The Police, The
Magistracy, The Courts of Law, and the Prisons. Role and Significance of Auxiliary Agencies of Law and
Order Administration at the District Level with special reference to Departments of Health, Transport,
Excise and Taxation, and Home Guards.

Unit-III

Role of Law and Order Administration in Crowd Management, Communal Riots, and Industrial &
Agrarian Conflicts. Challenges before Law and Order Administration.

Unit-IV

National Security : Concept and Significance. Challenges to National Security in India – Contemporary
Issues.
Essential Readings :

1. Bailey, David, H. : The Police and Political Development in India, Princeton

University Press, New Jersey, 1969.
2. Sharma, K.K. : Law and Order Administration, National Book
Organization, New Delhi, 1985.
3. Srivastava, Aparna : Role of Police in a Changing Society, A.P.H. Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi, 1999.
4. Ghosh, S.K. and Rustamji, : Encyclopaedia of Police in India, Volume I, Ashish
K.F. Publishing House, New Delhi, 1993.
5. Bharti, Dalbir : Police Evam Log: Donon ke Adhikar Va Zimmedarian,
A.P.H. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi, 2007.
6. Singh, Yogendra : Social Change in India: Crisis and Resilience, Har-Anand
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.

Further Readings :
1. Mayhall, Pamela D. et.al. : Police-Community Relations and the Administration of
Justice, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1995.
2. Ghosh, S.K. : Keeping the Peace : For Whom the Bell Tolls (Police Then
and Now), Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1989.
3. Vadackumchery, James & : Human Behaviour and Law Enforcement, Ashish
Kattakayam, John Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995.
4. Owens, R. Glynn and : Violence: A Guide for the Caring Professions, Croom
Ashcraft, J. Barrie Helm, New Hampshire, USA, 1985.
-------------------------
138 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

WOMEN’S STUDIES
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : FEMINIST THEORY

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :
This course offers the prominent theories that feminists have formulated to explain the matrix of gender
inequality from the nineteenth century to the present. It further seeks to introduce the student to the key
debates within feminist theories as well as the shifts in feminism.

Note : The students are expected to have a general understanding of the various strands of feminism and
not of any specific feminist thinker in this course.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

In this paper, the candidate will be assessed for 90 marks on the basis of a written examination and 10
marks will be for internal assessment.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions
spread over the whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to
attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper shall
contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each
unit - 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Course Contents :

Unit-I : Feminism
(a) Definition
(b) Emergence of Feminism with special focus on
o Women in French Revolution
o Suffrage Movement in the U.S.A. (with reference to Seneca Falls Convention and
Declaration of Sentiments)
o Suffrage Movement in the U.K.

Unit-II : Strands of Feminism-I

(a) Liberal Feminism
(b) Socialist Feminism
(c) Marxist Feminism
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 139

Unit-III : Strands of Feminism-II

(a) Radical Feminism
(b) Post modern Feminism
(c) Psycho-analytic Feminism (Freudian)

Unit-IV : Strands of Feminism-III

(a) Black Feminism.

(b) Cultural Feminism.
(c) Eco-Feminism.

Essential Readings :

1. Agarwal, Bina : The Gender and Environment Debate: Lessons from India,
Feminist Studies, Vol. 18, No.1, Spring 1992, pp 119-158.

2. Anderson, Margaret : Thinking About Women, Macmillan, New York, 1993.

3. Beasley, Chris : What is Feminism? Sage, London, 1999.

4. Bell Hooks : Ain’t I a Woman: Black Women and Feminism, Pluto Press,
London, 1982.

5. Chatterjee, Mohini : Feminism and Gender Equality, Aavishkar, Jaipur, 2005.

6. Collins, Patricia Hill : Black Feminist Thought: Knowledge, Consciousness and the
Politics of Empowerment, Routledge, New York, 1999.

7. Desai, Leela : Issues in Feminism, Pointer Pub., Jaipur, 2004.

8. Molyneux, Maxinne and : Mies and Shiva’s Ecofeminism: A New Testament, Feminist
Steiberg, Deborah Lynn Review, No. 49, Spring 1995, pp 86-107.

Further Readings :

1. Banks, Olive : Faces of Feminism: A Study of Feminism as a Social

Movement, St. Martin’s Press, New York, 1981.

2. Freeman, Jo (ed.) : Women: A Feminist Perspective, Palo Alto, California :

Mayfield, 1975.
140 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

3. Kosambi, Meera : Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social History,

Permanent Black, New Delhi, 2007.

4. Mishra, Binod (ed.) : Critical Responses to Feminism, Sapru & Sons, New Delhi,
2006.

5. Shukla, Bhaskar A. : Feminism : From Mary Wollstonecraft to Betty Friedan,

Sapru & Sons, New Delhi, 2007.

6. Spender, Dale : Feminism Theorists: Three Centuries of Women’s Intellectual

Traditions, The Women’s Press, London, 1982.

Paper-B : STATUS OF WOMEN IN INDIA-II

Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Objective :
This course aims to sensitize the student with the status of women in contemporary India, with a special
focus upon the factual situation apart from the major issues confronting Indian women.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

In this paper, the candidate will be assessed for 90 marks on the basis of a written examination and 10
marks will be for internal assessment.
There shall be 9 questions in all. The first question shall be compulsory containing 15 short questions
spread over whole syllabus to be answered in about 25 to 30 words each. The candidate is required to
attempt any 09 short answer type questions carrying 2 marks each (18 marks). Rest of the paper shall
contain 4 units. Each unit shall have two questions and the candidate shall attempt one question from each
unit - 4 in all. Each question will carry 18 marks.

Unit-I : Women and Work :

(a) Changing definition.

(b) Gender differentials in Work Participation rates.

(c) Sexual Harassment at the Workplace.

(d) Obstacles to Women’s Workforce Participation.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 141

Unit-II : Women and Family :

(a) Origin of the family

(b) Types of family

(c) Gender Division of labour in family

(d) Female headed households

(e) Changing role of women in the family

Unit-III : Women, Religion and Caste :

(a) Religion : Women’s Status in major Indian religions – Hinduism, Islam, Sikhism, Christianity.
(b) Caste : Introduction to caste system in India; Issues of dalit women.

Unit-IV : Violence against Women :

(a) Violence against Women : Definitions

(b) Types of violence : Domestic violence

Caste and Communal violence

Cultural violence

Rape and Dowry

Essential Readings :

1. Chatterjee, Meera : A Report on Indian Women from Birth to Twenty, NIPCCD,

New Delhi, 1999.
2. Gopalan, Sarala and Shiva, : National Profile on Women, Health and Development, VHAI
Mira & WHO, 2000.
3. Gopalan, Sarala : Towards Equality - The Unfinished Agenda : Status of Women
in India -2001, National Commission for Women, New Delhi,
2002.
4. Menon-Sen, Kalayani and : Women in India ! How Free?, How Equal? Report
Shiva Kumar, A.K. Commisssioned by the Office of the United Nations Resident
Coordinator in India, New Delhi, 2001.
5. National Human Development Report, 2001, Planning Commission, Govt. of India, March, 2002.
142 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Further Readings :

1. Anand, Meena : Dalit Women : Fear and Discrimination, Isha Books, Delhi,
2005.

2. Bhattacharya, Rinki (ed.) : Behind Closed Doors : Domestic Violence in India, Sage,
New Delhi, 2004.

3. Choudhary, Prem : Contentious Marriages: Eloping Couples: Gender, Caste and

Patriarchy in Northern India, OUP, New Delhi, 2007.

4. Desai, Neera and Krishnaraj, : Women and Society in India, Ajanta Publication, New Delhi,
Maithreyi (ed.) 1987.

5. Mohanti, Bedabati : Violence Against Women : An Analysis of Contemporary

Realities, Kanishka Publications, New Delhi, 2005.

6. Mohini Giri, V. : Deprived Devis : Women's Unequal Status in Society, Gyan,

New Delhi, 2006.

7. Nagar, N.S. : Changing Status of Indian Women, Vista International Pub.,

Delhi, 2008.

8. Rajawat, Mamta : Dalit Women: Issues and Perspectives, Anmol Pub., New
Delhi, 2005.

Readings in Hindi :

1. Kumar, Raj (ed.) : Bhartiya Mahila, Arjun Publishing, New Delhi, 2003.

2. Saraswat, Swapnil : Mahila Vikas Ek Paridrishya, Nayan Pub., New Delhi, 2005.

3. Sharma, Pragya : Mahila Vikas Aur Sashaktikaran, Aavishkar Pub., Jaipur,

2001.

4. Sharma, Pragya : Bharatiya Samaj Mein Nari, Aaavishkar Pub., Jaipur, 2001.

5. Vohra, Asha Rani : Adhunik Samaj Mai Istri, Ji Navraj Prakashan, Delhi, 2005.

------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 143

HUMAN RIGHTS & DUTIES

B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : HUMAN RIGHTS & DUTIES IN INDIA

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES:

1. For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No.1 will be
compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the entire
syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12 i.e.
9×2 = 18 marks.
In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each i.e. 4×18 = 72 marks.

2. On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted to each unit.

3. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (3) in the question paper.

Objective :
This paper deals with the growth of human rights phenomenon in India focusing on its history, normative
agenda and implementation mechanisms.

Unit-I : Evolutionary Phase: Evolution of the concept of Human Rights & Duties in India; Values of
composite culture of India.

Unit-II : Contemporary Phase: Human Rights & Duties in Contemporary India.

Unit-III : Normative framework: Constitutional Values such as The Preamble, Fundamental Rights,
Directive Principles, Fundamental Duties.

Unit-IV : Implementation of Human Rights: Constitutional Machinery; Statutary Machinery: National

Human Rights/State Human Rights Commissions.
144 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Suggested Readings :

1. Alston, Philip (ed.), 2004, The Dictionary of Human Rights, London: Europa Publications.

2. Basu, D.D., 2009, Introduction to the Constitution of India, Nagpur, New Delhi, NexisLexis
Butterworths.

3. Brownlie, Ian and Guy S. Goodwin-Gill (eds.), 2006, Basic Documents on Human Rights, Oxford:
Oxford University Press.

4. Brundland Commission, 1986 (Brundland Report), Our Common Future, Oxford : Oxford
University Press.

5. Das, A.K., 2007, Human Rights in India, New Delhi : Sarup Book Publishers.

6. Das, A.K., Mohanty, P.K., 2007, Human Rights in India, New Delhi : Sarup and Sons.

7. Gandhi, P.R. (ed.), 2001, Blackstone International Human Rights Documents, New Delhi:
Universal Law Publishing Co.

8. Kapoor, S.K., 2005, Human Rights under International Law and Indian Law, Allahabad : Central
Law Agency.

9. Nirmal, C.J., 2009, Human Rights in India, New Delhi : Oxford University Press.

10. Robertson, David, 2004, A Dictionary of Human Rights, London: Europa Publications.

11. Rao, Ashwini, 2010, Status of Human Rights in India, New Delhi : Pacific Publications.

12. Steiner, Henry J. et al (eds.), 1996, International Human Rights in Context, Chapter 10, Oxford:
Clarendon Press.

13. Sehgal, B.P.S., 2008, Human Rights in India : Problems and Perspectives, Delhi: Deep & Deep.

Paper B : EMERGING ISSUES OF HUMAN RIGHTS IN INDIA

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER-SETTER AND THE CANDIDATES :

1. For written paper, the students will be required to attempt five questions in all. Question No.1 will be
compulsory comprising of 12 short answer type questions of 2 marks each and will cover the entire
syllabus. The students are required to attempt nine short answer type questions out of 12 i.e.
9×2 = 18 marks.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 145

In addition to it, Question Nos. II to IX will consist of long answer (essay type) questions, two
questions from each unit with internal choice carrying 18 marks of each i.e. 4×18 = 72 marks.
2. On an average, 15 hours are to be devoted for each unit.

3. For private candidates, who have not been assessed earlier for internal assessment, the marks secured
by them in theory paper will proportionately be increased to maximum marks of the paper in lieu of
internal assessment.
The paper-setter must put note (3) in the question paper.

Objective :
This paper focuses on some selected aspects of society where human rights tend to play a crucial role.

Unit-I : Human Rights & Working Class : Bonded labour, Unorganized labour, Problems of working
women.

Unit-II : Human Rights & Criminal Justice : Rights of the accused, Rights of the victim.

Unit-III : Social Problems : Poverty, Illiteracy, Unemployment.

Unit-IV : Social Auditing : Media and Civil Society.

Suggested Readings :

1. Agarwal, Amita, 2004, Human Rights for Survival of Civilization, New Delhi: Kalinga
Publications.

2. Baxi, Upendra (ed.), 1987, The Right to be Human, New Delhi: Lancer International.

3. Baxi, Upendra, 2002, The Future of Human Rights, New Delhi : Oxford University Press.

4. Lyer, V.R. Krishna, Human Rights – A Judge’s Miscellany, New Delhi: B.R. Publishing
Corporation.

5. Kannabiran, Kalpana, 2006, Crafting Human Rights Cultures, NALSAR, University of Law.

6. Kaushal Rachna, 2000, Women and Human Rights in India, New Delhi : Daya.

7. Mishra, R.C., 2005, Human Rights and Policing, New Delhi: Authors Press.

8. Papolam, T.S., A.N. Sharma, 1999, Gender and Employment in India, New Delhi : Vikas.
146 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

9. Sanajaoba, N., 2000, Human Rights in the New Millennium, New Delhi : Manas Publications.

10. Sen Shankar, 1998, Human Rights in a Developing Society, New Delhi : A.P.H. Publishing.

11. Shastri, Satish C. (ed.), 2006, Human Rights, Development and Environmental Law: An
Anthology, New Delhi: Bharat Law House.

12. Vibhute, K.I., 2004, Criminal Justice : A Human Rights Perspective of the Criminal Justice
Process in India, Lucknow: Eastern Book Company.

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 147

HOME SCIENCE
B.A. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper Theory Practical

Period/Week
Clothing 3/Week 4/Week
Textiles 4/Week 3/Week

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Name of Paper No. of Time in Marks Internal Total

Papers hours Assessment

Clothing 1 3 hrs. 40 10 100

Textiles 1 3 hrs. 50
Clothing Practical 3 hrs. 45 15 60
Laundry Practical 2 hrs. 30 10 40

Total of Theory & Practical : 200

Note : 1. Internal assessment should be based on : Assignments/test/seminars and attendance for

Theory & Practical.

2. Practical examinations will be held before the Final Theory Exams.

Paper A : CLOTHING (THEORY)

Maximum Marks : 40
Time : 3 Hours/Week

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five sections : A, B, C, D & E. Sections A, B, C & D will have two
questions from the respective sections of the syllabus & will carry 8 marks each. Section E will consist of
8 short answer type questions covering the entire syllabus uniformly carrying one mark each.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES :

Candidates are required to attempt one question each from the Sections A, B, C & D of the question paper
and the entire section E.
148 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-A

1. Equipments & supplies used for Clothing-Construction—their use & care

2. Sewing Machine :
(a) Parts of Sewing Machine & its accessories.
(b) Common defects in sewing machine & their remedies.
(c) Care of Sewing Machines.

SECTION-B

1. Recording of body measurements. Care to be taken while taking body measurements.

2. Different methods of developing a design—Drafting, Pattern making, Draping (in brief)—their
advantages and disadvantages.

SECTION-C

1. Principles of design such as Harmony, Balance, Rhythm, Emphasis & Proportion.

2. Elements of design such as colour, form texture, shape and line.

SECTION-D

1. Selection of suitable clothes for the following age groups :

(a) Infants
(b) Toddlers
(c) School going children
(d) Adolescents
(e) Adults
(f) Elderly

2. Care & storage of garments of cotton, wool, silk.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 149

Paper-B : TEXTILES (THEORY)

Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3 Hours/Week

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTER :

The question paper will consist of five sections A, B, C, D & E. Sections A, B, C & D will have two
questions from the respective sections of the syllabus & will carry 10 marks each. Section E will consist of
10 short type/objective type questions covering the entire syllabus uniformly carrying one mark each.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES :

Candidates are required to attempt one question from each of the Sections A, B, C & D of the question
paper and entire section E.

SECTION-A

1. Classification of textile fibres.

2. Manufacture (in Brief) and properties of different fibres :
(a) Cotton
(b) Linen
(c) Silk
(d) Wool
(e) Nylon
(f) Polyester
(g) Rayon—Viscose & Acetate.

SECTION-B

1. Different types of yarns—Simple, Novelty & Bulk yarn in brief.

2. Fabric Construction—A brief study of basic weaves
(a) (i) Simple weaves—basket, rib.
(ii) Twill—Broken twill, Satin, Sateen.
(b) Knitting, knotting, felting, bonding.
150 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-C

1. Bleaching—Oxidising, reducing bleaches & their suitability to different fabrics.

2. Finishing—Sizing, desizing, calendaring, sanforising, mercerization, crease resistant, water proof &
water repellent, flame resistant & flame proof.

SECTION-D

1. Application of colour on fabrics.

Dyeing—Simple dyeing of cotton.
Resist—Tie, Dye and Batik

2. Printing :
(a) Block Printing
(b) Screen Printing
(c) Roller Printing

3. Methods of Laundry/Washing.

4. Types and uses of starches and blues.

PRACTICAL

Max. Marks : 75
Clothing : 45
Laundry : 30
Time : 3 Hours/week

A. CLOTHING

1. Make samples of the following :

(a) Tacking, running stitch, hemming, Back Stitch, Button hole stitch, Fastners.
(b) Seams—Flat seam, Counter hem, Mantua maker, Run & Fell seam, French seam.
(c) (i) Processes—Continuous wrap, two piece placket opening, pleats, gathers into a band,
tucks.

(ii) Embroidery—10 fancy embroidery stitches.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 151

2. Drafting of the following:

(i) Child’s bodice block
(ii) Sleeve (a) Plain sleeve
(b) Puff sleeve

(iii) Collars—Flat and raised peterpan, cape collar, baby collar.

(iv) Jangia, Bloomer.
(v) Drafting of (a) Adults bodice block
(b) Plain sleeve
(vi) Petticoat
(vii) Salwar
(viii) Kameez

Construction of following garments :

Children : Bloomer, Jangia, Child’s gathered frock with any sleeve and collar.
Ladies : Saree, Petticoat
Blouse
Salwar Kameez

Reference Books :

1. Singer Sewing Book, Mary Brocks Bichen, McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, Toronto,
London, 1953.

2. Basic Processes & Clothing Construction, Sherie Doongaji & Raushni Deshpande, Raaj Prakashan,
New Delhi (Fourth Revised edition).

3. Pattern Drafting Vol. III, Dress Making, Kamakura—Shobo Publishing Co. Ltd., Tokyo, Japan,
1972 (Fifth Edition).

4. A Manual of Children Clothing, Savitri Pandit, Orient Longmans Ltd., Bombay, 1967.

5. Practical Dress Design, Principles of Fitting and Pattern Making, Mabel D. Erwin, The Macmillan
Company, New York, Ninth Printing, 1966.

6. Indian Embroidery, Its Variegated Charms, Savitri Pandit, Faculty of Home Sciences, Baroda, 1976,
First Edition.

7. Singer Sewing Book, Gladys Cunningham, Pub. Golden Press, New York.
152 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

8. The Basic Book of Sewing, Eve Harlow Pub. Octopids Books Ltd., London.

9. Simple Dress Making 2, Maureen Goldsworthy Pub. Mills & Boon Ltd., London.

10. Encyclopaedia of Dress Making, Pub. Marshall Caven Dish Books Ltd., London.

B. LAUNDRY Time : 2 hours/week

1. Testing of cotton, wool & silk, nylon by microscope & by burning test.

2. Stain Removal : Rust, Coffee, Tea, Paint, Nail Polish, Lipstick, Perfume, Blood, Boot Polish, Ink (Ball
Pen), Curry and Juice.

3. Spot cleaning of woollen garment.

4. Simple house hold dyeing of cotton fabric 12’’ × 12’’.

5. Preparation of an article of Tie and Dye.

6. Laundry & finishing of following garments (stiffening, blueing & iroving)

(a) Cotton : Salwar, Kameez, Saree.

(b) Synthetic : Gathered Frock/Pleated Skirt.
(c) Silk : Blouse
(d) Woollen : Cardigan/Pullovers.

Note : 1. University should appoint one internal examiner alongwith the external.
2. Practical group should not exceed 15 students.

Reference Books :

1. Textile Fabrics and their Selection, Isable B. Wingate Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
1970.

2. Fundamentals of Textiles and their Care, Susheela Dantyagi, Orient Longmans, Bombay, Calcutta,
Madras, New Delhi, Reprinted, 1968.

3. Household Textiles and Laundry Work, Durga Deulkar, Atma Ram & Sons, New Delhi, 1973.

4. Indonesian Batik & Ikat, Former Bedrich, Butterworth, London, 1982.

5. Ideas for Fabric Printing and Dyeing Gooch, Peter H. Charles Cribner’s, New York, 1974.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 153

6. Encyclopaedia of Textiles, Fibres and Nonwoollen Fabrics, Grayson Martin, John Wiley, New York,
1984.

7. Household Textiles & Laundry Work, Durga Deulkar, Pub. Atma Ram & Sons.

8. Batik Kala, Sarla Sudershan, Pub. Pustak Mahal Khari Baoli, Delhi.

9. Tie-Dyed Textiles of India—Veronica Murphy & Rosemary Crill, Pub. Mapiu Publishing Pvt. Ltd.
Ahmedabad.

-----------------------
154 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

MATHEMATICS

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATIONS, 2012

Paper-I : ADVANCED CALCULUS

Max. Marks : 67
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 7 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. Syllabus of this paper is split into two sections—Section A and Section B. Four questions
will be set from each section.

2. A student will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each
section. Each question will be of 12 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods per paper per week including tutorials.

SECTION–A

Definition of a sequence. Theorems on limits of sequences. Bounded and monotonic sequences. Cauchy’s
convergence criterion. Series of non-negative terms. Comparison Tests. Cauchy’s Integral Test. Ratio
Tests. Cauchy’s Root Test. Raabe’s and Logarithmic. De Morgan and Bertrand’s tests. Gauss Test.
Alternating series. Leibnitz’s theorem. Absolute and conditional convergence.

Vector differentiation, Gradient, divergence and curl. Vector integration, Theorems of Gauss, Green,
Stokes and problems based on these.

Continuity. Sequential continuity. Uniform continuity, Proof of chain rule of Differentiability.

SECTION-B

Limit and continuity of functions of two and three variables. Partial differentiation. Change of variables.
Partial derivation and differentiability of real-valued functions of two and three variables. Schwarz and
Young’s theorem. Statements of Inverse and implicit function theorems and applications.

Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions. Taylor’s theorem for functions of two and three variables.
Jacobians.Envelopes. Evolutes. Maxima, minima and saddle points of functions of two and three variables.
Lagrange’s multiplier method.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 155

References :

1. Gabriel Klaumber : Mathematical Analysis, Marcel Dekkar, Inc. New York, 1975.

2. T.M. Apostol : Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,

1985.

3. R.R. Goldberg : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi,
1970.

4. D. Soma Sundaram and : A First Course in Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing

B. Choudhary House, New Delhi, 1997.

5. P. K. Jain and S. K. : An Introduction to Real Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New

Kaushik Delhi, 2000.

6. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

7. Murray R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum

Publishing Co., New York.

8. Gorakh Prasad : Integral Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

9. S.C. Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.

10. O.E. Stanaitis : An Introduction to Sequences, Series and Improper Integrals,

Holden – Dey, Inc., San Francisco, California.

11. Earl D. Rainville : Infinite Series, The Macmillan Company, New York.

12. Chandrika Prasad : Text Book on Algebra and Theory of Equations, Pothishala
Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

13. N. Piskunov : Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace Publishers,

Moscow.

14. Shanti Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, S. Chand and Company,

New Delhi.

15. Murray, R. Spiegel : Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Company, New York.

16. N. Saram and S.N. Nigam : Introduction to Vector Analysis, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.

17. Shanti Narayan : A Text Book of Vector Calculus, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
156 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-II : DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Max. Marks : 67
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 7 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. Syllabus of this paper is split into two sections—Section A and Section B. Four questions
will be set from each section.

2. A student will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each
section. Each question will be of 12 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods per paper per week including tutorials.

SECTION–A

Exact differential equations. First order higher degree equations solvable for x, y, p. Clairaut’s form and
singular solutions. Geometrical meaning of a differential equation. Orthogonal trajectories. Linear
differential equations with constant coefficients. Homogeneous linear ordinary differential equations.
Linear differential equations of second order. Transformation of the equation by changing the dependent
variable/the independent variable. Method of variation of parameters.

Series solutions of differential equations—Power series method, Bessel, Legendre, Hermite and
Hypergeometric equations.

SECTION-B

Bessel, Legendre, Hermite and Hypergeometric functions and their properties—convergence, recurrence
and generating relations. Orthogonality of functions. Orthogonality of Bessel, Legendre and Hermite
functions.
Laplace Transformation—Linearity of the Laplace transformation. Existence theorem for Laplace
transforms of derivatives and integrals. Shifting theorems.

Differentiation and integration of transforms. Convolution theorem. Solution of integral equations and
systems of differential equations using the Laplace transformations.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 157

References :

1. Erwin Kreyszig : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
New York, 1999.

2. D.A. Murray : Introductory Course on Differential Equations, Orient

Longman (India), 1967.

3. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and Co. Ltd.,

London.

4. Francis B. Hilderbrand : Advanced Calculus for Applications, Prentice Hall of India

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1977.

5. Jane Cronin : Differential Equations, Marcel Dekkar, 1994.

6. Frank Ayres : Theory and Problems of Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill

Book Company, 1972.

7. Richard Bronson : Theory and Problems of Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill

Inc., 1973.

8. R.K. Jain and S.R.K. : Advanced Egineering Mathematics, Narosa Publishers.

Iyenger

Paper-III : MECHANICS

Max. Marks : 66
Theory : 60 marks
Internal Assessment : 6 marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. Syllabus of this paper is split into two sections—Section A and Section B. Four questions
will be set from each section.

2. A student will attempt five questions in all selecting at least two questions from each
section. Each question will be of 12 marks.

3. The teaching time shall be five periods per paper per week including tutorials.
158 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-A
Statics :
Basic notion, Newton’s laws of motion, system of two forces, parallelogram law of forces, resultant of two
collinear forces, resolution of forces, moment of a force, couple, theorems on moment of a couple, coplanar
forces, resultant of three coplanar forces acting at a point, algebraic method of finding the resultant of any
number of coplanar concurrent forces, theorem of resolved parts, resultant of two forces acting on a rigid
body, Varignon’s theorem, generalized theorem of moments.

Equilibrium of two concurrent forces, equilibrium conditions for any number of coplanar concurrent forces,
Lami’s theorem. ߣ െ µ theorem, theorems of moments, resultant of a force and a couple.
Equilibrium conditions for coplanar non-concurrent forces.
Friction : Definition and nature of friction, laws of friction, equilibrium of a particle on a rough plane.
Centre of gravity.

SECTION-B

Dynamics :
Motion of a particle with constant acceleration, acceleration of falling bodies, motion under gravity, motion
of a body projected vertically upwards: Motion of two particles connected by a string, motion along a
smooth inclined plane, constrained motion along a smooth inclined plane. Variable acceleration: Simple
harmonic motion, elastic string.
Curvilinear motion of a particle in a plane: Definition of velocity and acceleration, projectiles, motion in a
circle, motion under constraint, central force motion.
Work, power, conservative fields and the potential energy, work done against gravity, potential energy of a
gravitational field.
Relative motion, relative displacement, velocity and acceleration, motion relative to a rotating frame of
reference.
Linear momentum, angular momentum, conservation of angular momentum, impulsive forces, principle of
impulse and momentum, motion with respect to centre of mass of a system of particles, collisions of elastic
bodies, loss of energy during impact.
Free vibrations, the simple pendulum, the conical pendulum. Central Orbits. Kepler’s laws of motion.

References :

1. S.L. Loney : Statics, Macmillan and Company, London.

2. R.S. Verma : A Text Book on Statics, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 159

3. S.L. Loney : An Elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and of

Rigid Bodies, Cambridge University Press, 1956.

4. K.R. Chaudhery, A.C. : Elements of Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics, S. Chand and
Aggarwal Company.

5. S.L. Loney : The Elements of Statics and Dynamics, 5th edition, Cambridge
University Press, 1947.

6. Donald, T., Green Wood : Principles of Dynamics, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of
India.

7. M. Ray : A Text Book on Dynamics, S. Chand and Company, 1989.

---------------------
160 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

COMPUTER SCIENCE
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Scheme of Examination
Exam. Ext. Int. Max.
Hrs. Marks
Paper-A : Theory : Computer Organization & Architecture 3 65 10 75
Paper-B : Theory : Object Oriented Programming 3 65 10 75
(Using C++)
Paper-C : Practical : Practicals based on Paper A and Paper B 3 50 -- 50

Note : Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for proper maintenance of lab. record.

Syllabus and Courses of Reading

Paper-A : COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE

Objective :
The course is designed to provide inside details of computer system including processor, memory card &
I/O devices and to solve problems using Assembly Language Programming.

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of four sections.

(ii) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each section and
one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.
(iii) The students are required to attempt one question from each section and the compulsory
question.
(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.

SECTION-A
1. Representation of Information : Number system, integer and floating point representation, character
codes (ASCII, EBCDIC), error detection and correction codes.

SECTION-B
2. Basic Building Blocks : Boolean algebra, combinatorial logic design, flip-flops, registers, counters,
ALU : arithmetic and logic unit operations, organization of control units, memory : types and
organization, peripheral devices : I/O devices (video terminals and printers) and controllers, storage
devices (tapes and disks), Programmed and interrupt control mechanism, I/O controllers, bus
bandwidths.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 161

SECTION-C

3. Assembly Language Programming for INTEL 8086/8088 Machine : Programmers model of a

machine, example of a typical 16 or 32 bit processor, registers, addressing modes, instruction set,
use of assembly language for specific programs for typical problems like : Table search,
subroutines, symbolic and numeric manipulations and I/O.

SECTION-D

4. System Maintenance : Introduction to various physical components of a computer, physical

inspection of IBM-PC and internal cards, Diagnostics on IBM-PC, Functional description of
various modules and cards. Various types of displays and other peripherals used in IBM-PC,
Installing software, and detection of viruses and protection on IBM-PC.

References :

1. Mano, M.M. : Computer System Architecture, 3rd Ed., Dec., 1998, PHI.

2. Tannenbaum, A.S. : Structured Computer Organization, 3rd Ed., Oct., 1993, PHI.

3. Gear, C.W. : Computer Organisation and Programming, McGraw Hill, 1975.

4. Langholz, G., Grancioni, : Elements of Computer Organization, Prentice Hall International,

J. & Kandel, A. 1988.

5. Hayes : Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw Hill, International

Edition.

6. Sloan, M.E. : Computer Hardware and Organization, 2nd Edition, Galgotia Pvt. Ltd.

Paper–B : OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (USING C ++)

Objective :
This course enables students to appreciate the concepts of OOP using C++ and to understand linear & non
linear DS.

Note : (i) The question paper will consist of four sections.

(ii) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each section and
one compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.
(iii) The students are required to attempt one question from each section and the compulsory
question.
(iv) All questions carry equal marks unless specified.
162 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-A

1. Concepts of Object Oriented Programming : Object, Class, Encapsulation, Data Hiding, Inheritance,
Polymorphism. Analysis and design of system using Object Oriented Approach.

2. Structure of a C++ Program : Include files, Declaration of an object, Main function, I/O streams.

3. Classes : Class Declaration : Data Members, Member Functions, Private and Public members, data
hiding and encapsulation, arrays within a class.
Class Function Definition : Member function definition inside the class declaration and outside the
class declaration, scope resolution operator, Private and Public member function, Nesting of
member functions.

SECTION-B

4. Objects : Creating Objects, Accessing class data members, Accessing member functions, Arrays of
Objects, Objects as function arguments : Pass by value, Pass by Reference, Pointers to Objects.

5. Constructors and Destructors : Constructors : Declaration and Definition, Default Constructors,

Parameterized Constructors, Copy Constructors. Destructors : Definition and use.

SECTION-C

6. Function Overloading : Function Overloading : Declaration and definition.

7. Inheritance – Extending Classes : Concept of inheritance, base class, derived class, defining derived
classes, visibility modes, private, public, protected; single inheritance : privately derived, publicly
derived; making a protected member inheritable, access control to private and protected members
by member functions of a derived class, multilevel inheritance, nesting of classes.

SECTION-D

8. Data Structures : Linked Lists, Queues, Stacks, Trees and Sorting algorithms.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 163

References :

1. Stroustrup : The C ++ Programming Language, Addison Wesley.

2. Robert Lafore : OOP in Turbo C++, Galgotia.

3. E. Balaguruswamy : Object Oriented Programming with C++, TMH.

4. Herbert Schildt : Schildt’s Advanced Win 95 Prog. in C & C++, TMH.

5. Herbert Schildt : C++ The Complete Reference, TMH.

Paper-C : PRACTICAL : Practicals based on Paper-A and Paper-B.

-----------------------
164 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

STATISTICS
B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Note : 1. A candidate shall offer this subject in B.A./B.Sc. only if he/she takes up Mathematics as a
subject in B.A./B.Sc.

2. A candidate shall offer this subject in B.A./B.Sc. 2nd year only if he/she had taken up the
corresponding subject in B.A./B.Sc. 1st year.

3. There are three papers code named 201, 202 and 203 in the subject of Statistics in
B.A./B.Sc. 2nd Year. These are to be taught simultaneously throughout the year.

4. 4 lectures (45 minutes each) per paper per week amounting in all to 12 lectures for three
papers shall be allocated for the teaching.

Paper–201 : STATISTICAL INFERENCE

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory
and will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8)
questions, four (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidate will be required
to attempt five questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions
from each section.

2. Simple non-programmable calculator is allowed.

3. Statistical tables and log tables will be provided on request.

SECTION-I

Concept of a statistic and its sampling distribution. Point estimate of a parameter, concept of unbiasedness,
consistency, efficiency and sufficiency (only the definitions and examples). Maximum likelihood
estimation (standard distributions). Standard errors of sample mean and sample proportion. Sampling
distribution of sum of independent binomial and Poisson random variables. Independence of sample mean
and variance in random sampling from a normal distribution (without derivation).

Statements and sampling distributions of chi-square, t & F distributions and their relationships.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 165

SECTION-II
Statistical Tests and Interval Estimation : Null and alternative hypothesis, two types of errors and p-value.
Testing for the mean and variance of a normal distribution, testing of equality of means and variances of
two univariate normal distributions, and their related confidence intervals. Testing the significance of
sample correlation coefficient.

Large Sample Tests : Use of central limit theorem for testing and interval estimation of a single mean and
a single proportion, difference of two means and two proportions. Fisher’s Z-transformation and its uses.
Chi-square test for goodness of fit and testing of independence of attributes, Yate’s correction.

References :

1. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K., Das : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, Calcutta.
Gupta, B. (2005)

2. Miller, I. and Miller, M. (2002) : John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics (6th Edition, Low
Price Edition), Prentice Hall of India.

Additional References :

1. Mood, A.M., Graybill, F.A. and : Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, McGraw Hill.
Boes, D.C. (1974)

2. Bhat, B.R., Srivenkatramana, T. : Statistics : A Beginner’s Text, Vol. I, New Age International
and Rao Madhava, K.S. (1997) (P.) Ltd.

3. Snedecor, G.W. and Cochran, : Statistical Methods, Iowa State University Press.
W.G. (1967)

Paper–202 : SAMPLE SURVEYS, DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. There will be in all nine (9) questions, all of equal marks. The first question is compulsory
and will be of short answer type covering the entire syllabus. Out of the remaining eight (8)
questions, four (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidate will be required to
attempt five questions in all including the compulsory first question and two questions from
each section.
2. Simple non-programmable calculator is allowed.
3. Statistical table and log tables will be provided on request.
166 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-I

Concepts of population and sample, need for sampling, census and sample surveys, basic concepts in
sampling. Sample selection and sample size. Sampling and non-sampling errors.

Some basic sampling methods for estimation of population mean, variance and standard error of estimates :
simple random sampling (SRS) with and without replacement, stratified random sampling under various
allocations and systematic sampling.

SECTION-II

Linear Models : Concepts of fixed effect, random effect and mixed effect models. Analysis of variance for
one-way, two-way (with one observation per cell and with multiple but equal observations per cell)
classifications under the fixed effect models.

Need for design of experiment, fundamental principles of design, basic designs—CRD, RBD, LSD and
their analysis.

References :

1. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K., Das : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. II, World Press, Calcutta.
Gupta, B. (2005)

2. Singh, D. and Chaudhary, F.S. : Theory and Analysis of Sample Survey Designs, Wiley
(1986) Eastern Limited.

Additional References :

1. Sukhatme, B.V. (1984) : Sample Survey Methods and Its Applications, Indian Society
of Agricultural Statistics.

2. Murthy, M.N. (1967) : Sampling Theory and Methods, Statistical Publishing

Society, Calcutta.

3. Sampath, S. (2000) : Sampling Theory and Methods, Narosa Publishing House.

4. Dass, M.N. and Giri (1986) : Design and Analysis of Experiments, Springer Verlag.

5. Cochran, W.G. and Cox, G.M. : Experimental Designs, John Wiley and Sons.
(1992)
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 167

Paper-203 : PRACTICAL
Max. Marks : 50
Time : 3 Hours

(Viva-Voce : 10 marks; Record of the year : 10 marks; Annual Paper : 30 marks)

Note : The Practical Question Paper will contain five questions from the following topics. A student
will be required to attempt three questions, each of 10 marks in three hours’ duration.
1. Drawing random samples from standard distributions : Uniform, Exponential and Normal.

2. Tests of significance based on t, chi-square and F for one sample, two samples and paired
sample problems; significance of correlation coefficient. Use of Z-Transformation for testing
p = p0.
3. Large sample tests for means and proportions, tests of goodness of fit and independence of
attributes in contingency tables.
4. Selection of sample and determination of sample size : Simple random sampling (SRS),
stratified SRS, allocation problems in stratified SRS and systematic sampling.
5. Analysis of variance for one-way and two-way classifications. Analysis of CRD, RBD, and
LSD.

-----------------------
168 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

APPLIED STATISTICS

B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Note : 1. This course shall not be opted for along with courses in B.A./B.Sc. Mathematics and/or
B.A./B.Sc. Statistics.
2. The candidate opting for this course will not be eligible for admission to M.A./M.Sc.
Statistics.
3. There are two papers code named Papers A and B in the subject of Applied Statistics in
B.A./B.Sc., each of one credit and having a total of 100 marks. These are to be taught
simultaneously throughout the year.
4. 4 to 5 lectures (40 minutes each) per paper per week amounting in all to 9 lectures for two
papers shall be allocated for the teaching.

Paper-A : MATHEMATICAL METHODS-II

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Time : 3 Hours

Note : There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of short
answer type covering the whole syllabus. This question will have 9 parts of 2 marks each. Of the
remaining eight (8) questions, four (4) questions will be set from each section. The candidates
will be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory first question and
two questions from each section.

SECTION-I

Coordinate Geometry of 3 dimensions : Cartesian, spherical coordinates, equations of line, plane, sphere
and ellipsoid.
Matrices and Linear Algebra : Determinants, algebra of matrices, rank of a matrix, inverse of a matrix,
symmetric matrices (upto 4 × 4 matrices only).

SECTION-II

Matrices and Linear Algebra : Systems of Linear equations and their solutions.
Calculus of Several Variables : Functions of two variables, Partial derivatives and double integrals.
Applications to evaluation of area.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 169

Books Prescribed :

1. Ayres, F. (1999) : First Year College Mathematics, Schaum Series.

2. Ayres, F. (1980) : Matrices, Schaum Series.

Books Suggested for Supplementary Readings :

1. Kindle, J.H. (1990) : Analytical Geometry, Schaum Series.

2. Ayres, F. 1999) : Calculus, Schaum Series.

3. Spiegel, M.R. (2002) : Advanced Calculus, Schaum Series.

Paper-B : STATISTICAL METHODS

Max. Marks : 100

Theory : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Time : 3 Hours

Note : 1. There will be in all nine (9) questions. The first question is compulsory and will be of short
answer type covering the whole syllabus. This question will have 9 parts of 2 marks each.
Of the remaining eight (8) questions, four (4) questions will be set from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt five (5) questions in all including the compulsory
first question and two questions from each section.

2. Simple non-programmable calculator is allowed.

3. Statistical tables and log tables will be provided on request.

SECTION-I

Compilation, classification, tabulation and diagrammatic representation of statistical data. Concepts of

Statistical population, random sample and frequency curve, measures of location, dispersion, skewness and
kurtosis.

Two dimensional random variable, joint probability distributions, marginal and conditional probability
distributions, conditional expectation, covariance and correlation coefficient.
170 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

SECTION-II

Measures of association and contingency, correlation and linear-regression involving two variables.
Bivariate normal distributions.

Statement of weak law of large numbers and central limit theorem for independent and identical random
variables. Sampling distributions of means, chi-square, t and F in sampling from normal populations
(without proof).

Book Recommended :

Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K. and Dasgupta, : Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. 1 to 6, 9, 10, 13 (only the
B. (2005) relevant portion from these chapters as suggested by the
body of the syllabus).

------------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 171

PHYSICS

B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Objectives :
Principles of Communication Systems :
The objective of Principles of Communication Systems course is to develop student’s understanding with
communication principles, Components of superheterodyne receivers and recorders, Digital audio,
understanding of fundamentals of B/W and Colour Video transmission and Television receivers.

Microprocessor Based Systems :

The objective of Microprocessor Based Systems course is to cover various aspects of 8085 microprocessor
hardware and instruction architecture, interfacing with RAM and ROM, and I/O devices, I/O data transfer,
8155 programmable device, instruction set and programming applications.

Practicals
The objective of PRACTICALS course is 8085 microprocessor programming, Understanding of
Television, Sequential digital circuits.

Note : 1. There will be three papers of theory and one laboratory (practical) course.

2. The number of lectures per week will be three for each theory paper and six for practicals.

3. The examination time for each theory paper will be three hours and four hours for practical.

4. Each theory paper will consist of nine questions carrying equal marks and spread over five
prescribed units.

5. Eight questions in each theory paper will be set from units I to IV i.e. two questions from
each unit.

6. Ninth question in each paper is compulsory and will comprise of seven small answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus.

7. The numerical problems/exercises in the question paper should be 25-30%.

8. Student will attempt one question from each unit (I-IV) and any six parts of question nine.

9. The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed (paper setters should explicitly
mention this on the question paper) in the examination centre but these will not be provided
by the University/College. Mobile phones and pagers are not allowed in the examination
hall.
172 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Papers, marks and teaching hours allocation :

Paper A : Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics (45 + 5*) marks Total Teaching hrs.** 60

Paper B : Optics and Lasers (45 + 5*) marks Total Teaching hrs.** 60

Paper C : Quantum Physics (45 + 5*) marks Total Teaching hrs.** 60

Physics Practicals : 50 marks Total Teaching hrs. 90

* marks allotted for internal assessment.

**within the prescribed teaching load, teachers must give two assignments per paper per academic term
(July – September, October – December, January – March) with stress on problem solving to enhance
the skill component of the students.

Paper A : STATISTICAL PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS (60 Hrs.)

UNIT-I
Basic ideas of Statistical Physics, Scope of Statistical Physics, basic ideas about probability, distribution of
four distinguishable particles in two compartments of equal size. Concept of macrostates, microstates,
thermodynamic probability, effects of constraints on the system, distribution of n particles in two
compartments, deviation from the state of maximum probability, equilibrium state of dynamic system,
distribution of distinguishable n particles in k compartments of unequal sizes.

UNIT-II

Phase space and its division into elementary cells, three kinds of statistics. The basic approach in the three
statistics. Maxwell-Boltzman statistics applied to an ideal gas in equilibrium, experimental verification of
Maxwell-Boltzman’s law of distribution of molecular speeds. Need of quantum statistics--B.E. statistics,
derivation of Planck’s law of radiation, deduction of Wien’s displacement law and Stefan’s law from
Planck’s law, F.D. statistics, Comparison of M.B., B.E. and F.D. statistics.

UNIT-III

Statistical definition of entropy, change of entropy of a system, additive nature of entropy, law of increase
of entropy, reversible and irreversible processes with examples. Work done in a reversible process.
Examples of increase of entropy in natural processes. Entropy and disorder. Brief review of the terms and
Laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot’s Cycle. Entropy changes in Carnot’s Cycle. Applications of
thermodynamics to thermoelectric effect, change of entropy along a reversible path in a P.V. diagram,
entropy of a perfect gas. Equation of state of ideal gas from simple statistical consideration. Heat death of
the universe.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 173

UNIT-IV

Derivation of Maxwell’s thermodynamical relations, cooling produced by adiabatic stretching, adiabatic

compression, change of internal energy with volume. Expression for (Cp-Cv), change of state and
Clayperon Equation. Thermodynamical treatment of Joule-Thomson effect. Use of Joule-Thomson effect
for liquification of helium. Production of very low temperature by adiabatic demagnetisation.

UNIT-V

Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above.

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :

1. Bhatia, V.S. : Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics, Shoban Lal Nagin Chand,
Jalandhar.

2. Saha and Srivastava : A Treatise on Heat, Indian Press, Ahmedabad, 1972.

Further Readings :

1. Kittel, C. & Kroemer, H. : Thermal Physics, CBS Pub., 1987.

2. Garg, S.C., Bansal, R.M. : Thermal Physics, TMH, 2000.

and Ghosh, C.K.

Paper-B : OPTICS AND LASERS (60 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Interference : Concept of coherence, spatial and temporal coherence, coherence time, coherence length,
area of coherence. Conditions for observing interference fringes. Interference by wavefront division and
amplitude division. Young’s double slit experiment. Michelson interferometer—working, principle and
nature of fringes. Interference in thin films, Role of interference in anti-reflection and high reflection
dielectric coatings. Multiple beam interference, Fabry-Perot interferometer, nature of fringes, finesse.
174 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-II

Diffraction : Huygen-Fresnal theory half period zones, zone plates. Distinction between Fresnel and
Fraunhofer diffraction. Fraunhofer diffraction at rectangular and circular apertures. Effects of diffraction in
optical imaging, resolving power of optical instruments. The diffraction grating, its use as a spectroscopic
element, resolving power. Polarization : Concept and analytical treatment of unpolarised, plane polarized
and elliptically polarized light. Double refraction, Nicol prism, sheet polarisers, retardation plates.
Production and analysis of polarized light (quarter and half wave plates).

UNIT-III

Laser Fundamentals : Derivation of Einstein relations, concept of stimulated emission and population
inversion. Broadening of spectral lines, natural, collision and doppler broadening. Line width, line profile.
Absorption and amplification of a parallel beam of light passing through a medium. Threshold condition.
Three level and four level laser schemes. Elementary theory of optical cavity, longitudinal and transverse
modes.

UNIT-IV

Laser Systems and Fiber Optics : Types of lasers, Ruby and Nd : YAG lasers. He–Ne and CO2 lasers –
construction, mode of creating population inversion and output characteristics. Semiconductor lasers,
Applications of lasers—a general outline, Holography. Fiber fundamentals, wave propagation and
dissipation of energy applications.

UNIT-V

Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above.

Books Suggested :
Essential Readings :

1. Jenkins and White : Optics, McGraw Hill.

2. Ghatak, Ajoy : Optics, McMillan India.
3. Silfvast, W.T. : Laser Fundamentals, Foundation Books.
4. Laud, B.B. : Lasers and Non-linear Optics, Wiley Eastern Limited.
5. Keiser : Optical Fiber Communication, MH.

Further Readings :
1. Born and Wolf : Optics, Pergmon.
2. Svelto : Lasers, Pergmon.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 175

Paper-C : QUANTUM PHYSICS (60 Hrs.)

UNIT-I

Formalism of Wave Mechanics :

(i) Brief introduction to need and development of quantum mechanics, wave-particle duality (photon
as particle, de-Broglie hypothesis, particle diffraction, particle interference), wave packet,
indeterminacy, complementarity.
(Chapter 1 of book 1 in particular section 1.13 to 1.18)

(ii) Schrödinger equation for a free particle, operator correspondence and equation for a particle
subject to forces. Normalization and probability interpretation of wave function, superposition
principle, expectation value, probability current and conservation of probability, admissibility
conditions on the wave function, Ehrenfest theorem.
(Chapters 2A, 2B of book 1 or 2.8 to 2.10, 4.4–4.6 of book 2)

(iii) Fundamental postulates of wave mechanics. Eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, operator formalism,
orthogonal systems, expansion in eigenfunctions, Hermitian operators, simultaneous
eigenfunctions, equation of motion.
(Section 3.2A of book 1 and section 6.1-6.8, 6.11 of book 2)

(iv) Uncertainty of position and momentum, monochromatic waves, Gaussian wave packet.
(Section 3.1-3.6 of book 2 or 3.11-3.12 of book 1)

UNIT-II

Problems in One and Three Dimensions :

(i) Time dependent SchrÖdinger equation, Application to stationary states for one dimension, Potential
step, potential barrier, rectangular potential well, degeneracy, orthogonality, linear harmonic
oscillator.

(ii) SchrÖdinger equation for spherically symmetric potential, spherical harmonics, hydrogen atom
energy levels and eigenfunctions, degeneracy, angular momentum.
(Section 5.1–5.4, 5.8–5.11, 7.1– 7.3, 7.7 of book 2)
176 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-III

One Electron Atomic Spectra :

(i) Interaction with radiation, transition probability, spontaneous transition, selection rules and life
times.
(Section 6.3, 6.4 of book 4 or 11.7 of book 1)

(ii) Spectrum of hydrogen atom, fine structure, normal Zeeman effect, electron spin, Stern-Gerlach
experiment, spin orbit coupling, electron magnetic moment, total angular momentum, Hyperfine
structure, examples of one electron systems, Anomalous Zeeman effect, Lande-g factor (sodium D-
lines).
(Section 4.1– 4.6 of book 4 or chapters 6 & 7 of book 3)

UNIT-IV

Many Electron System Spectra :

(i) Exchange symmetry of wave functions, exclusion principle, shells, subshells in atoms, atomic
spectra (Helium), LS coupling, JJ coupling, selection rules, regularities in atomic spectra.

(ii) X-ray spectra, Mosley law, absorption spectra, Auger effect.

(iii) Molecular bonding, molecular spectra, selection rules, symmetric structures, rotational, vibrational
electronic level and spectra of molecules, magnetic resonance experiments, Raman spectra.
(Section 5.1, 5.2, 5.4–5.7, 6.7 of book 4 and chapters 7 & 8 of book 3)

UNIT-V

Spread over the entire syllabi of all the four units above.

Books Suggested :

Essential Readings :

1. Mathews, P.M. and Venkatesan, K. : A Text Book of Quantum Mechanics, T.M.H., 1997.
2. Powell, J.L. and Craseman : Quantum Mechanics, Narosa Pub., 1997.
3. Beiser, A. : Concepts of Modern Physics, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition.
4. Patil, S.H. : Elements of Modern Physics, McGraw Hill, 1998.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 177

Further Readings :

1. Merzbacher, E. : Quantum Mechanics, II Ed., John Wiley.

2. Eisberg, R. & Resnick, R. : Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecular . . . , John Wiley,
1974.
3. Banwell, C.N. : Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, T.M.H., 1972.
4. Kuhn, H.G. : Atomic Spectra, Academic Press, N.Y.

PRACTICALS (90 Hours) Total Marks : 50

General Guidelines for Physics Practical Examination, 2012

1. The distribution of marks is as follows :

(i) One full experiment out of Section-A requiring the student to take some data, 20 marks
analyse it and draw conclusions. (candidates are expected to state their results
with limits of error).

(ii) Brief theory. 05 marks

(iii) One exercise based on experiment or Computer Programming 10 marks

(To be allotted by the external examiner at the time of examination)

(iv) Viva-Voce 10 marks

(v) Record (Practical file) 05 marks

Note for Examiners :

The marks scored under each head must be clearly so written on the answer sheet.
2. There will be one session of 4 hours duration. The paper will have two sections. Section A will
consist of 8 experiments out of which an examinee will mark 6 experiments and one of these is to be
allotted by the external examiner.

3. Section-B will consist of exercises which will be set by the external examiner on the spot. The length
of the exercises should be such that any of these could be completed in one hour.

4. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted to an examinee from Section-A and
exercises allotted from Section-B are not directly related to each other.

5. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12.

6. In a single group, no experiment be allotted to more than three examinees in the group.
178 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

List of Experiments :

I Statistical Physics and Thermodynamics :

Activities :
(i) Adiabatic expansion of a gas.

(ii) Thermal expansion of crystal using interference fringes.

(iii) Thermal conduction in poor conductor (variation with geometry) by Lee’s method.

(iv) Thermo emf calibration, comparison.

(v) Total radiation law, temperature dependence of radiation.

(vi) Probability distribution using coloured dice, coins.

II Optics and Lasers :

Activities :
(vii) To determine the refractive index of a liquid using spectrometer.

(viii) To determine the Cauchy’s constants.

(ix) To study the refractive index of a doubly refracting prism.

(x) Study of rotation of plane of polarization with a polarimeter.

(xi) Set up Newton’s rings to determine wave length of sodium light.

(xii) To determine the wave length of a given light using biprism.

(xiii) To determine the wave length and dispersive power using plane diffraction grating (use Hg
source).

(xiv) To determine the resolving power of a telescope.

(xv) To determine the resolving power of a grating.

(xvi) To measure an inaccessible height using sextant.

(xvii) To determine the principal points of a lens system.

(xviii) To determine the divergence and wave length of a given laser source.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 179

III Quantum Physics :

Activities :
(xix) Study the Photoelectric effect and determine the value of Planck’s constant.

(xx) To study the gas discharge spectrum of hydrogen.

(xxi) To study the absorption spectra of iodine vapours.

(xxii) To determine the ionization potential of mercury.

Exercises : Any exercise out of the following list of sixteen exercises :

General exercises :
1. To measure the angle of rotation of plane of polarization for the given liquid.

2. To measure the diameter of Newton’s rings.

3. To determine the least count and setup the spectrometer for minimum deviation position of the
prism.

4. Study of variation of light intensity using photovoltaic cell/inverse square law.

5. To measure the thermo e.m.f.

6. To determine the heating efficiency of an electric kettle with varying voltages.

7. To determine the angle of wedge using interference method.

8. To measure the angle of elevation of a tall building.

Computer Based Activities :

9. Motion of particle in a central force field.

10. Calculation of days between two dates of a year.

11. To check if triangle exists and the type of the triangle.

12. To find the sum of the sine and cosine series and print out the curve.

13. Motion of a projective using computer simulation.

180 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Text and Reference Books :

1. Khandelwal, D.P. : A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate

Classes.

2. Arora, C.L. : B.Sc. Practical Physics, S. Chand.

3. Dixon, C. : Numerical Analysis.

4. Lipsdutz, S. and Poe, A. : Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of

Programming with Fortran, McGraw-Hill Int.

---------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 181

CHEMISTRY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Scheme of Teaching and Examination

Paper Course Teaching Hrs. Max. Marks

V Inorganic Chemistry 60 3 periods per week 45 +5

VI Organic Chemistry 60 3 periods per week 45 +5

VII Physical Chemistry 60 3 periods per week 45 +5

VIII Laboratory Practicals 6 periods per week 45 +5

Total : 15 Periods/week 200

Paper- V : INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
Time : 3 Hours
60 hours (2Hrs./Week)
3 periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE :

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(General) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time
as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and
affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a
manner so that due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I

Chemistry of Elements of First Transition Series : 8 Hrs.

Characteristic properties of d-block elements.

Properties of the elements of the first transition series, their simple compounds and complexes, illustrating
relative stability of their oxidation states, coordination number and geometry.
182 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Chemistry of Elements of Second and Third Transition Series : 7 Hrs.

General characteristics, comparative treatment with their 3d-analogues in respect of ionic radii, oxidation
states, magnetic behaviour, spectral properties and stereochemistry.

UNIT-II

Chemistry of Coordination Compounds : 15 Hrs.

Werner’s coordination theory and its experimental verification, effective atomic number concept, chelates,
nomenclature of coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds, valence bond theory of
transition metal complexes. Properties of Coordination compounds i.e. magnetic properties, colours
(Qualitative approach only), use of coordination compounds.

UNIT-III

Chemistry of Lanthanide Elements : 6 Hrs.

Electronic structure, oxidation states and ionic radii and lanthanide contraction, complex formation,
occurrence and isolation, lanthanide compounds.

Chemistry of Actinides : 4 Hrs.

General features and chemistry of actinides, chemistry of separation of Np, Pu and Am from U, similarities
between the later actinides and the later lanthanides.

Acids and Bases : 5 Hrs.

Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, the Lux-Flood, solvent system and Lewis concepts of acids and bases.

UNIT-IV

Oxidation and Reduction : 7 Hrs.

Use of redox potential data – analysis of redox cycle, redox stability in water – Frost, Latimer and Pourbaix
diagrams. Principles involved in the extraction of the elements.

Non-aqueous Solvents : 5 Hrs.

Physical properties of a solvent, types of solvents and their general characteristics, reactions in non-
aqueous solvents with reference to liquid NH3 and liquid SO2.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 183

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each unit and one
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(ii) The students are required to attempt five questions in all, one question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

(iii) All questions carry equal marks.

Books Suggested :

1. Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson, G., : Basic Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd Edition, Pubs: John
Gaus, P.L. Wiley Sons, 1995.

2. Lee, J.D. : Concise Inorganic Chemistry; 4th Edition, Pubs.,

Chapman Hall Ltd., 1991.

3. Shriver, D.E., Alkins, P.W. : Inorganic Chemistry; 4th Edition, Oxford Publisher:
Langford, C.H. Oxford University Press, 2006.

4. Douglas, B. McDamiel, D., : Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd

Alexander, J. edition, Pubs: John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1994.

5. Porterfield, W.W., Wesley, A. : Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: Addison-Wesley Publishing

Company, 1984.

6. Miessler, G.L., Larr, D.A. : Inorganic Chemistry; 3rd Edition, Pubs: Pearson
Education Inc., 2004.

7. Jolly, W.L. : Modern Inorganic Chemistry; 2nd Edition, Pubs:

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 1991.

8. Purcell, K.F., Kotz, J.C. : Inorganic Chemistry; Pubs: W.B. Saunders Company,
1977.

9. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., Kalia, : Principles of Inorganic Chemistry; 30th Edition, Pubs:
K.C. Milestones 2006-07.
184 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-VI : ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
Time : 3 Hours
60 hours (2Hrs./Week)
3 periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE :

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(General) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time
as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and
affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a
manner so that due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I

Alcohols : 8 Hrs.
Classification and nomenclature
Monohydric alcohols - Nomenclature, methods of formation by reduction of aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic
acids and esters. Hydrogen bonding. Acidic nature. Reactions of alcohols.
Dihydric alcohols - Nomenclature, methods of formation, chemical reactions of vicinal glycols. Oxidative
cleavage [Pb(OAc)4 and HIO4] and pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement. Trihydric alcohols - Nomenclature
and methods of formation, Chemical reactions of glycerol.

Phenols : 7 Hrs.
Nomenclature, structure and bonding. Preparation of phenols, physical properties and acidic character.
Comparative acidic strengths of alcohols and phenols, resonance stabilization of phenoxide ion. Reactions
of phenols - electrophilic aromatic substitution, acylation and carboxylation. Mechanisms of Fries
rearrangement, Claisen rearrangement, Gatterman synthesis, Hauben-Hoesch reaction, Lederer-Manasse
reaction and Reimer-Tiemann reaction.

UNIT-II

Aldehydes and Ketones : 15 Hrs.

Nomenclature and structure of the carbonyl group. Synthesis of aldehydes and ketones with particular
reference to the synthesis of aldehydes from acid chlorides, synthesis of aldehydes and ketones using
1, 3-dithianes, synthesis of ketones from nitriles and from carboxylic acids. Physical properties.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 185

Mechanism of nucleophilic additions to carbonyl group with particular emphasis on benzoin, aldol, Perkin
and Knoevenagel condensations. Condensation with ammonia and its derivatives. Wittig reaction,
Mannich reaction.
Use of acetals as protecting group. Oxidation of aldehydes, Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of ketones,
Cannizzaro reaction, MPV, Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner, LiAIH4 and NaBH4 reductions.

UNIT-III

Carboxylic Acids : 8 Hrs.

Nomenclature, structure and bonding, physical properties, acidity of carboxylic acids, effects of
substituents on acid strength. Preparations of carboxylic acids. Reactions of carboxylic acids. Hell-
Volhard-Zelinsky reaction. Synthesis of acid chlorides, esters and amides, Reduction of carboxylic acids.
Mechanism of decarboxylation. Methods of formation and chemical reactions of halo acids. Hydroxyl
acids : Malic, tartaric and citric acid (structural features only).

Methods of formation and chemical reactions of unsaturated monocarboxylic acids.

Dicarboxylic Acids: Methods of formation and effect of heat and dehydrating agents.

Carboxylic Acid Derivatives : 4 Hrs.

Structure and nomenclature of acid chlorides, esters, amides and acid anhydrides. Relative stability &
reactivity of acyl derivatives. Physical properties, interconversion of acid derivatives by nucleophilic acyl
substitution.
Preparation of carboxylic acid derivatives, chemical reactions. Mechanisms of esterification and
hydrolysis (acidic and basic).

Ethers and Epoxides : 3 Hrs.

Nomenclature of ether and methods of their formation, physical properties. Chemical reactions - cleavage
and autoxidation, Ziesel’s method.
Synthesis of epoxides. Acid and base-catalyzed ring opening of epoxides, orientation of epoxide ring
opening, reactions of Grignard and organolithium reagents with epoxides.

UNIT-IV

Fats, Oils and Detergents : 3 Hrs.

Natural fats, edible and industrial oils of vegetable origin, common fatty acids, glycerides, hydrogenation
of unsaturated oils. Saponification value, iodine value, acid value. Soaps, synthetic detergents; alkyl and
aryl sulphonates.
186 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Organic Compounds of Nitrogen : 12 Hrs.

Preparation of nitroalkanes and nitroarenes. Chemical reactions of nitroalkanes. Mechanisms of
nucleophilic substitution in nitroarenes and their reductions in acidic, neutral and alkaline media. Picric
acid.

Structure and nomenclature of amines, physical properties. Stereochemistry of amines. Separation of a

mixture of primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Structural features effecting basicity of amines. Amine
salts as phase-transfer catalysis. Preparation of alkyl and aryl amines (reduction of nitro compounds,
nitriles), reductive amination of aldehydic and ketonic compounds. Gabriel-phthalimide reaction, Hofmann
bromamide reaction.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each unit and one
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(ii) The students are required to attempt five questions in all, one question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

(iii) All questions carry equal marks.

Books suggested :

1. Morrison, R.T.; Boyd, R.N. : Organic Chemistry; 6th Edition, Pubs. : Prentice-Hall,
1992.

2. Wade Jr., L.G.; Singh, M.S. : Organic Chemistry; 6th Edition, Pubs. : Pearson
Education, 2008.

3. Mukherji, S.M.; Singh, S.P., : Organic Chemistry; Pubs. : Wiley Eastern Limited,
Kapoor, R.P. 1985, Vols. I, II, III.

4. Solomons, T.W.; Fryhle, C.B. : Organic Chemistry; 9th Edition, Pubs. : Wiley India,
2007.

5. Carey, F.A. : Organic Chemistry; 4th Edition, Pubs. : McGraw-Hill,

2000.

6. Streitwieser, A. Jr.; Clayton, : Introduction to Organic Chemistry; 3rd Edition, Pubs. :

Heathcock, H. Macmillan Publishing Company, 1989.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 187

Paper-VII : PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45
Internal Assessment : 05
Time : 3 Hours
60 hours (2Hrs./Week)
3 periods/Week

OBJECTIVE OF THE COURSE :

To teach the fundamental concepts of Chemistry and their applications. The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc.
(General) (3 Year course) in the subject of Chemistry has been upgraded as per provision of the UGC
module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been revised from time to time
as per suggestions of the teachers of the Chemistry working in the Panjab University, Chandigarh and
affiliated colleges. The syllabus contents are duly arranged unit wise and contents are included in such a
manner so that due importance is given to requisite intellectual and laboratory skills.

UNIT-I

Liquid State : 9 Hrs.

Intermolecular forces, structure of liquids (a qualitative description).
Structural differences between solids, liquids and gases.
Liquid Crystals : Difference between liquid crystal, solid and liquid. Classification, structure of nematic
and cholestric phases. Thermography and seven segment cell.

Chemical Equilibrium : 6 Hrs.

Equilibrium constant and free energy, Thermodynamic derivation of law of mass action, Le - Chatelier’s
principle.
Reaction isotherm and Reaction isochore, Clapeyron equation and Clausius–Clapeyron equation,
applications.

UNIT-II

Thermodynamics-II : 9 Hrs.
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Need for the law, different statements of the law, Carnot cycle and its
efficiency, Carnot theorem. Thermodynamic scale of temperature.

Concept of Entropy: Entropy as a state function, entropy as a function of V & T, entropy as a function of P
& T, entropy change in physical change, Clausius inequality, entropy as a criteria of spontaneity and
equilibrium, Entropy change in ideal gases and mixing of gases.
188 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Thermodynamics-III : 6 Hrs.
Third Law of Thermodynamics: Nernst heat theorem, statement and concept of residual entropy, evaluation
of absolute entropy from heat capacity data, Gibbs and Helmholtz functions; Gibbs function (G) and
Helmholtz functions (A) as thermodynamic quantities, A & G as criteria for thermodynamic equilibrium
and spontaneity, their advantage over entropy change, Variation of G and A with P, V and T.

UNIT-III

Phase Equilibrium : 8 Hrs.

Statement and meaning of the terms – phase, component and degree of freedom, derivation of Gibbs phase
rule, phase equilibria of one component system—water, CO2 and S systems.
Phase equilibria of two component system – solid–liquid equilibria, simple eutectic – Bi-Cd system,
desilverisation of lead.
Solid solutions—Compound formation with congruent melting point (Mg-Zn) and incongruent melting
point, (NaCl-H2O) system. Freezing mixtures, acetone-dry ice.
Partially Miscible Liquids–Phenol-water, trimethylamine – water, nicotine –water systems.
Lower and upper consolute temperature, Effect of impurity on consolute temperature, immiscible liquids,
steam distillation, Nernst distribution law - thermodynamic derivation, applications.

Electrochemistry–I : 7 Hrs.
Electrical transport – Conduction in metals and in electrolyte solutions, specific conductance and
equivalent conductance, measurement of equivalent conductance, variation of equivalent and specific
conductance with dilution.
Migration of ions and Kohlrausch Law, Arrhennius theory of electrolyte dissociation and its limitations,
weak and strong electrolytes, Ostwald’s dilution law, its uses and limitations. Debye-Huckel-Onsager’s
equation for strong electrolytes (elementary treatment only), Transport number, definition and
determination by Hittorf method and moving boundary method.

UNIT-IV

Electrochemistry-II : 15 Hrs.
Types of reversible electrodes – gas metal – ion, metal –insoluble salt – anion and redox electrodes.
Electrode reactions, Nernst equation, derivation of cell E.M.F. and single electrode potential, standard
hydrogen electrode – reference electrodes – standard electrode potential, sign conventions, electrochemical
series and its significance.
Electrolytic and Galvanic cells – reversible and irreversible cells, conventional representation of
electrochemical cells.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 189

E.M.F. of a cell and its measurements, Computation of cell E.M.F., Calculation of thermodynamic
quantities of cell reactions (∆G, ∆H and K), Polarization, over potential and hydrogen overvoltage.
Concentration cell with and without transport, liquid junction potential, application of concentration cells,
valency of ions, solubility product and activity coefficient, potentiometric titrations.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER SETTERS AND CANDIDATES :

(i) Examiner will set total of nine questions comprising two questions from each unit and one
compulsory question of short answer type covering whole syllabi.

(ii) The students are required to attempt five questions in all, one question from each unit and the
Compulsory question.

(iii) All questions carry equal marks.

Books Suggested :

1. Atkins, P., Paula, J.de : Atkins Physical Chemistry; 8th Edition, Pubs: Oxford
University Press, 2008.
2. Puri, B.R., Sharma, L.R., : Principles of Physical Chemistry; 43rd Edition, Pubs:
Pathania, M.S. Vishal Publishing Co., 2008.
3. Barrow, G.M. : Physical Chemistry; 6th Edition, Pubs: McGraw Hill
Companies Inc., 1996.
4. Rao, C.N.R. : University General Chemistry; Pubs: Macmillan of
India, 1985.
5. Berry, R.S., Rice, S.A., Ross, J. : Physical Chemistry; 2nd Edition, Pubs: Oxford
University Press, 2000.
6. Albert, R.A., Silbey, R.J. : Physical Chemistry; 1st Edition, Pubs: John Wiley &
Sons Inc., 1992.
7. Dogra, S.K., Dogra, S. : Physical Chemistry Through Problems, Pubs: Wiley
Eastern Limited, 1991.
8. Levine, I.N. : Physical Chemistry; 5th Edition, Pubs: Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002.
9. Moore, W. J. : Basic Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., 1983.
10. Metz, C.R. Theory and Problems of Physical Chemistry; Schaum’s
Outline Series, 2nd Edition, Pubs: McGraw-Hall Book
Company, 1989.
190 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-VIII : LABORATORY PRACTICALS

Max. Marks : 45+5

6 Periods/week

Inorganic Chemistry
Quantitative Analysis

Volumetric Analysis:
(a) Estimation of calcium content in chalk as calcium oxalate by permanganometry.
(b) Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA.
(c) Estimation of ferrous and ferric by dichromate method.
(d) Estimation of copper using sodium thiosulphate.

Gravimetric Analysis :
Analysis of Cu as CuSCN and Ni as Ni (dimethylgyoxime)2.

Organic Chemistry
Laboratory Techniques :
(a) Determination of Rf values and identification of organic compounds. Separation of isomeric
mixture of ortho and para–nitroaniline using hexane and ethyl acetate (8.5 : 1.5) by thin
layer chromatography.
(b) Extraction of caffeine from tea leaves.

Qualitative Analysis :
Detection of elements (N, S and halogens) and functional groups (phenolic, carboxylic, carbonyl,
esters, carbohydrates, amines, amides, nitro and anilide), in simple organic compounds.

Physical Chemistry
Thermochemistry :

(a) To determine the solubility of benzoic acid at different temperatures and to determine ∆H of
the dissolution process.
(b) To determine the enthalpy of neutralization of a weak acid/weak base versus strong
base/strong acid and determine the enthalpy of ionization of the weak acid/weak base. pH of a
Buffer solution; Determination of ionization constant of a weak acid.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 191

General Instructions to the Examiners :

Note : Practical examination will be of four hours duration & shall consist of the following questions:

Q. No. I Organic Chemistry: (analysis of organic compound/TLC experiment/ 16 marks

extraction of caffeine)
Students shall be allowed the choice to opt for one experiment out of the three
offered.

Q. No. II Quantitative Analysis 10 marks

Q. No. III Physical Chemistry 10 marks

Q. No. IV Viva-Voce 6 marks

Ask three questions (2 marks each) related to chemistry practicals.

Q. No. V Note Book 3 marks

Books Suggested (Laboratory Courses) :

1. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., : Vogel’s Text Book of Practical Organic Chemistry; 4th
Rogers, V., Smith P.W.G., Edition, Pubs: Longman Group, 1978.
Tatchell, A.R.

2. Bansal, R.K. : Laboratory Manual of Organic Chemistry; 3rd Edition,

Pubs : Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi, 1994.

3. Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., : Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry; 5th
Smith, P.W.G., Tatchell, A.R. Edition, Pubs: Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2006.

4. Khosla, B.D., Garg, V.C., : Senior Practical Physical Chemistry; 11th Edition, Pubs:
Gulati, A. R. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2002.

5. Das, R.C., Behra, B. : Experimental Physical Chemistry; Pubs: Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.

6. Levitt, B.P. : Findlays Practical Physical Chemistry; 8th Edition,

Pubs: Longman Group Ltd., London & New York, 1978.

------------------
192 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

BOTANY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Time Theory Int. Max.

Assess. Marks
Theory Paper A : Diversity of Seed Plants and their Systematics 3 hrs. 68 7 75

Theory Paper B : Structure, Development and Reproduction in 3 hrs. 68 7 75

Flowering Plants

One practical paper pertaining to entire syllabus included in both 4 hrs. 45 5 50

theory papers.
Total : 200

Note : 1. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per session shall be 120 hrs. and 200
hrs. respectively.

2. There will be a total of nine questions in each theory paper A & B. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will consist of 20 parts (one mark each) comprising 10 MCQ and the rest
10 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers
A & B. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each
unit. Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. Question No. 1
will carry 20 marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 12 marks each.

Paper A : DIVERSITY OF SEED PLANTS AND THEIR SYSTEMATICS

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 68 Marks
Internal Assessment : 7 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Objective :
This paper deals with most advance and evolved group of plants i.e. Gymnosperms and Angiosperms. The
study of gradual transition from seed less plants (studied in first year) to seed plants would make students
familiar with origin of structural and functional complexity in plant Kindom. The systematic part of this
paper is in fact backbone of the study of Botany. Without having knowledge of taxonomy and species
concept, no further research work can be pursued. The identification, nomenclature and classification of the
concerned plants make the first step of any research work in Botany.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 193

Teaching Methodology :
Teaching methodology includes series of lectures making use of charts, transparencies, LCD, Models,
slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits, discussions, quiz competitions
etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for their morphological and
anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on tools/equipment etc. Students
will be taken for field excursions to various hill stations/forests to familiarize them with the flora of the
area covering various plant forms.

SECTION-I : GYMNOSPERMS

UNIT-I

1. General characteristics, basis of classification and economic importance of gymnosperms.

2. Fossil gymnosperms : Lyginopteris : Introduction, external structure of stem; internal structure of
primary stem, root and leaf; reproduction.
Williamsonia : Introduction, external morphology; internal structure; reproductive organs, male
and female flowers.

UNIT-II

Structure, reproduction (male and female strobilus; structure of ovule; development of male and
female gametophytes; pollination, fertilization, development of embryo and structure of seed) and
life cycle of :
(a) Cycas
(b) Pinus
(c) Ephedra

SECTION-II : ANGIOSPERMS

UNIT-III

1. General characters of Angiosperms.

2. Plant nomenclature and International Code of Botanical Nomenclature : Principles and rules;
taxonomic ranks; type concept; principle of priority, aims and objectives of plant taxonomy; a
brief introduction to taxonomy as synthetic discipline.
3. Salient features of Bentham and Hooker’s, Hutchinson’s and Engler & Prantl’s system of
classification (Details of Bentham and Hooker’s system only).
4. Terminology pertaining to floral description.
194 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

5. Criteria for determining primitive and advanced nature of flower.

6. General account and diagnostic features of the following families (excluding economic
importance) :
Liliaceae : Asphodelus/Asparagus
Orchidaceae : Zeuxine
Gramineae (Poaceae) : Triticum

UNIT-IV

General account and diagnostic features of the following families (excluding economic
importance) :
Ranunculaceae : Ranunculus, Delphinium
Brassicaceae : Brassica
Rutaceae : Citrus, Murraya
Malvaceae : Hibiscus
Fabaceae : Lathyrus, Cassia, Acacia
Cucurbitaceae : Luffa
Umbelliferae (Apiaceae) : Coriandrum
Compositae (Asteraceae) : Helianthus, Ageratum/Parthenium
Asclepiadaceae : Calotropis
Solanaceae : Solanum, Petunia
Labiatae (Lamiaceae) : Ocimum
Chenopodiaceae : Chenopodium
Euphorbiaceae : Euphorbia

Suggested Readings :

1. Bhatnagar, S.P. and Moitra, A. : Gymnosperms, New Age International Limited, New Delhi,
1996.

2. Davis, P.H. and Heywood, V.H. : Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy, Oliver and Boyd,
London, 1963.

3. Gifford, E.M. and Foster, A.S. : Morphology and Evolution of Vascular Plants, W.H.
Freeman & Company, New York, 1988.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 195

4. Goyal, J.P. and Saini, A. : Angiosperms : Structure Development and Reproduction,

Trueman Book Co. Jalandhar & New Delhi, 2006.

5. Heywood, V.H. and Moore, D.M. : Current Concepts in Plant Taxonomy, Academic Press,
(eds.) London, 1984.

6. Jeffrey, C. : An Introduction to Plant Taxonomy, Cambridge University

Press, London, 1982.

7. Jones, S.B., Jr. and Luchsinger : Plant Systematics (2nd Edition), McGraw Hill Book Co.,
A.E. New York, 1986.

8. Maheshwari, J.K. : Flora of Delhi, CSIR, New Delhi, 1963.

9. Radford, A.E. : Fundamentals of Plant Systematics, Harper and Row, New

York, 1986.

10. Singh, G. : Plant Systematics : Theory and Practice, Oxford and IBH
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.

11. Sporne, K.R. : The Morphology of Gymnosperms, Hutchinson & Co.

(Publishers) Ltd., London, 1965.

12. Srivastava, H.N. : Diversity of Seed Plants and their Systematics, Vol. III,
Pradeep Publications, Jalandhar, 2006.

13. Stace, C.A. : Plant Taxonomy and Biosystematics (2nd Edition), Edward
Arnold, London, 1989.

14. Stewart, W.M. : Paleobotany and the Evolution of Plants, Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge, 1983.

Paper B : STRUCTURE, DEVELOPMENT AND REPRODUCTION IN FLOWERING PLANTS

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 68 Marks
Internal Assessment : 7 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Note : 1. The number of teaching hours for theory and practical per session shall be 120 hrs. and 200
hrs. respectively.
2. There will be a total of nine questions in each theory paper A & B. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will consist of 20 parts (one mark each) comprising 10 MCQ and the rest
10 parts will be of fill-in the blanks covering the entire syllabus in both the theory papers
A & B. The remaining 8 questions in papers A & B shall include two questions from each
unit. Candidates shall be required to attempt one question from each Unit. Question No. 1
will carry 20 marks and the rest of 8 questions will be of 12 marks each.
196 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Objective :
This paper deals with structure development and reproduction in flowering plants – the most fascinating
group of plants on earth. The course material of this paper deals with internal structure of various plant
parts, their growth patterns and abnormalities in structural development. The vast range of variation found
in this group of plants provides a platform to students for acquiring basic knowledge of diversity in
flowering plants which makes a foundation of applied branches like horticulture, floriculture, olericulture
and arboriculture.

Teaching Methodology :
Teaching methodology includes series of lectures making use of charts, transparencies, LCD, Models,
slides, practical demonstrations, extension lectures from experts, field visits, discussions, quiz competitions
etc. In practicals, students would be provided with fresh/preserved materials for their morphological and
anatomical studies making use of microscopes and binoculars and hands-on tools/equipment etc.

UNIT-I

1. The basic body plan of a flowering plant.

2. Diversity in plant form in annuals, biennials and perennials.

3. Leaf : Origin, development, arrangement and diversity in size and shape, and modifications;
internal structure (dicot and monocot leaves).

4. Root System : Structural modifications for storage, respiration and reproduction.

UNIT-II

1. Tissue Systems : Meristematic, shoot apex, root apex; simple and complex permanent tissues,
special tissues; internal structure of primary dicot stem & root (Helianthus); secondary growth in
dicot stem & root (Helianthus); internal structure of monocot stem & root (Maize).

2. Anomalous stem structure in Boerhaavia, Nyctanthes, Mirabilis and Dracaena.

3. Various methods of vegetative propagation.

UNIT-III

Flower : As a modified shoot, functions; Structure of anther and pistil; Male and female gametophytes;
Double fertilization and its significance; Different types of ovules and embryo-sacs.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 197

UNIT-IV

Types of pollination, Advantages and disadvantages of self and cross-pollination, Contrivances for self and
cross-pollination, various agencies to bring about cross-pollination, characters of flowers pollinated by
different agencies; Seed formation : development of endosperm and embryo; Fruit development and
maturation. Significance of Seed : Suspended animation; Ecological adaptation; Dispersal strategies.

Suggested Readings :

1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, : The Embryology of Angiosperms, 4th Revised and Enlarged
S.P. Edition, Vikas Publishing House, Delhi, 2000.

2. Cutter, E.G. : Part I, Cells and Tissues, Edward Arnold, London, 1969.

3. Cutter, E.G. : Plant Anatomy : Experiments and Interpretation, Part II,

Organs, Edward Arnold, London, 1971.

4. Esau, K. : Anatomy of Seed Plants, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
New York, 1977.

5. Fageri, K., and Van Der Pijl : The Principles of Pollination Ecology, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, 1979.

6. Fahn, A. : Plant Anatomy, 2nd Edition, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1974.

7. Hartmann, H.T., and Kestler, D.E. : Plant Propagation : Principles and Practices, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1976.

8. King, J. : Reaching for the Sun : How Plants Work, Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge, U.K., 1997.

9. Mauseth, J.D. : Plant Anatomy, The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing

Company Inc., Menlo Park, California, U.S.A., 1988.

10. Proctor, M. and Yeo, P. : The Pollination of Flowers, William Collins Sons, London,
1973.

11. Raven, P.H., Evert, R.F. and : Biology of Plants, 5th Edition, W.H. Freeman and Co.,
Eichhorn, S.E. Worth Publishers, New York, 1999.

12. Thomas, P. : Trees : Their Natural History, Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge, 2000.
198 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Suggested Laboratory Exercises :

1. Cycas :
(i) Habit, armour of leaf bases on the stem, young and old foliage leaves, scale leaves, male cone,
megasporophyll, seed.
(ii) Preparation of permanent stained slides of Cycas (T.S. leaflet, rachis and coralloid root).

2. Pinus :
(i) Dwarf shoot; Male cone; Female cones (first year, second year and third year); Seed.
(ii) Preparation of permanent slide of T.S. needle and Pollen grains.
(iii) Study through permanent slides :
(a) L.S. male cone.
(b) L.S. female cone.
(c) L.S. Ovule.

3. Ephedra :
(i) Habit and structure of male and female cones.
(ii) Preparation of permanent slide of T.S. stem (young and old).
(iii) Study through permanent slides :
(a) L.S. female cone.
(b) L.S. male cone.

4. Preparation of permanent stained slides to show :

(i) Anomalous internal structure of stem in Boerhaavia, Nyctanthes, Mirabilis and Dracaena.
(ii) T.S. Dicot stem & root (Helianthus).
(iii) T.S. Monocot stem & root (Maize).

5. Description of flowers in technical terms, drawing F.D., V.S., T.S. ovary, writing F.F. and reference
to their respective families of the genera mentioned in different families in theory syllabus.

Note : To make the students familiar with plants, (preferably pertaining to syllabus) the teachers are
required to organize excursions to forests and hills.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 199

Guidelines for Botany Practical Examination:

Max. Marks : 50
Theory : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
Time : 4 Hours

1. Cut T.S. of specimen A. Make its permanent stained slide. Draw its well Labelled diagram and
show it to the examiner. Identify the slide giving at least two reasons. 10

2. Describe specimen B or C in technical terms and proper sequence. Draw F.D. and V.S. of
flower B or C. Cut T.S. of ovary and V.S. of flower and show them to the examiner. Write
F.F. also. Refer specimen B or C to its respective family giving at least two reasons (The
specimen B or C is to be given to the alternately seated students). 10

3. Write illustrated morphological note on specimen D & E (from Gymnosperms). 8

4. Identify slides F, G & H giving at least two reasons. 6

5. Practical note book. 4

6. Plant album. 3

7. Viva-Voce. 4

---------------------
200 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

ZOOLOGY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Paper-A : Biodiversity -III (Chordates) & Evolution 75 (67 + 8 marks)

Paper-B : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology 75 (67 + 8 marks)
Practical (Covering the entire syllabus) of 4 hours duration 50 (45 + 5 marks)

Total : 200 marks

Note : The number of hours for Theory and Practical per week shall be 5 hours and 4 hours respectively.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COURSE :

The syllabus pertaining to B.Sc. (General) Part-II, in the subject of Zoology has been upgraded as per
provision of the UGC module and demand of the academic environment. The course contents have been
revised from time to time as per suggestions of the teachers of the Zoology working in the Panjab
University, Chandigarh and affiliated colleges.

The syllabus contents are duly arranged section wise as well as unit wise. The contents are included in
such manner so that due importance may be given to skill oriented components.

The course contents are also given due stress for excursion/field trips to Zoological Parks, Sea-shores, Hill
Stations, Museum, Fossil Park and Apiary/godowns for better academic outlook. The Department of
Zoology, P.U., Chandigarh usually organizes workshop/seminars from time to time for updating the
teachers.

PAPER–A : BIODIVERSITY III (CHORDATES) & EVOLUTION (ZOO 201)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67 Marks
Internal Assessment : 8 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Two questions
are to be set from each unit. One question is to be attempted from each unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split up
into 2-4 sub-parts.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 201

UNIT-I

Chordates – Origin, Parental care and migration.

Protochordates – Urochordata – Type Study – Herdmania except development.
Cephalochordata - Type Study - Amphioxus.
Cyclostomata – External Characters of Petromyzon & affinities of Cyclostomata.
Pisces-Type study - Labeo, Scales & fins.

Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes
of the following :

Protochordates : Herdmania, Molgula, Pyrosoma, Doliolum, Salpa, Oikopleura, &

Amphioxus (excluding development).

Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon & Ammocoetes larva.

Chondrichthyes : Zygaena (Hammer headed shark), Pristis (saw fish), Narcine (electric
ray), Trygon, Rhinobatus and Chimaera (rabbit fish).

Actinopterygii Polypterus, Acipenser, Lepisosteus, Muraena, Mystus, Catla,

Hippocampus, Syngnathus, Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon, Tetradon,
Echeneis and Solea.

Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus (lung fish)

UNIT-II

Amphibia – Origin, Type study-Frog.

Reptilia-Type study-Uromastix, Origin, Extinct reptiles, Poisonous and non-poisonous snakes, Poison
apparatus.

Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes
of the following :

Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus, Necturus, Ambhiuma, Amblystoma and its Axolotl Larva,

Triton, Salamandra, Hyla, Rhacophorus.

Reptilia : Chelone (turtle) and Testudo (Tortoise), Hemidactylus (wall lizard),

Calotes, Draco, Varanus, Phrynosoma, Chamaeleon, Typhlops, Python,
Eryx, Bungarus, Naja, Hydrus, Vipera, Crocodilus, Gavialis and
Alligator.
202 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-III

Aves-Type study–Pigeon, Flight adaptations.

Mammals - Type study-Rat, Adaptive radiations, Dentition.
Classification of the animals up to orders relating to the following groups along with brief ecological notes
of the following :

Aves : Ardea, Milvus, Pavo, Tyto, Alcedo, Eudynamis and Casuarius.

Mammalia : Ornithorhynchus, Echidna, Didelphis, Macropus (Kangaroo), Loris,

Macaca, Manis (Scaly ant eater), Hystrix (porcupine), Funambulus
(Squirrel) Panthera, Canis, Herpestes (Mongoose), Capra, Pteropus.

UNIT-IV

Concept and evidences of organic evolution.

Theories of organic evolution.
Origin of life.
Concept of micro, macro and mega-evolution.
Concept of species.
Fossils and evolutionary rate.
Evolution of man.

PAPER B : BIOCHEMISTRY & ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (ZOO 202)

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67 Marks
Internal Assessment : 8 Marks
Time : 3 Hours

Note : Nine questions are to be set. Question No.1 is compulsory consisting of short answer type
questions covering the whole syllabus. It will have 10 parts of 1½ marks each. Two questions
are to be set from each unit. One question is to be attempted from each unit. In all, Five
questions are to be attempted including compulsory one. 50% of the questions are to be split up
into 2-4 sub-parts.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 203

UNIT-I

Biochemistry and its scope;

Carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids: their classifications and functions.

Carbohydrate metabolism : The Embden Meyerhoff, Parnas pathway, (glycolysis), the

tricarboxylic acid cycle, the hexose monophosphate shunt,
glycogenesis and glycogenolysis.

UNIT-II

Enzymes : Nature, their classification and coenzymes.

Lipid metabolism : β-oxidation of fatty acids, rate of glycerol and gluconeogenesis,

interaction of carbohydrates and lipids, lipogenesis in tissues,
ketosis.

Protein metabolism : Protein metabolism of amino acids (Oxidative deamination,

transamination and decarboxylation; hydrolysis of proteins and
Ornithine cycle).

UNIT-III

Digestion : Digestion of dietary constituents, regulation of digestive processes

and absorption. Types of nutrition, feeding mechanisms, extra and
intra cellular digestion, enzymatic digestion and symbiotic digestion.

Blood : Composition and functions of blood and lymph. Molecular structure

and function of haemoglobin, blood clotting. Blood groups including
Rh. factor, haemopoiesis.

Heart : Origin and regulation of heart beat, cardiac cycle,

electrocardiogram, cardiac output, fluid pressure and flow pressure
in closed and open circulatory systems, blood pressure and micro-
circulation.

Respiration : Transport of O2 and CO2, Oxygen dissociation curve of

haemoglobin, Bohr effect, chloride (-) shift, Haldane effect and
control of breathing.
204 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-IV

Excretion : Urine formation and osmoregulation

Muscles : Ultrastructure, chemical and physiological basis of skeletal muscle

contraction.

Neural Integration : Structure of neuron, resting membrane potential, origin and

propagation of impulse along the axon, synapse and myoneural
function.

Physiology of behaviour : Taxes and reflexes, instinctive and motivative, learning and
reasoning.

Endocrine : Structure, hormones and functions of thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal,

hypothalamus, pituitary, pancreas and gonads.

PRACTICALS : Practical based on Theory Papers ZOO 201 & 202 (ZOO 251)

1. Classification up to orders habits, habitats, distinctive characters and economic importance (if any) of
the following animals :

Urochordata : Herdmania, Molgula, Pyorosoma, Doliolum, Salpa & Oikopleura.

Cephalochordata : Amphioxus.

Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon & Ammocoetes larva.

Chondrinchthyes : Zygaena (Hammer headed shark), Pristis (Saw fish), Narcine

(Electric ray), Trygon, Rhinobatus, and Chimaera (Rabbit fish).

Actinoptergii : Polypterus, Acipenser, Lepidosteus, Muraena, Mystus, Catla,

Hippocampus, Syngnathus, Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon, Tetradon,
Echeneis and Solea.

Dipneusti (Dipnoi) : Protopterus.

Amphibia : Uraeotyphlus, Necturus, Amphiuma, Amblystoma and its Axolotl

larva, Triton, Salamandra, Hyla, Rhacophorus.

Reptilia : Chelone (Turtle) and Testudo (Tortoise), Hemidactylus, Calotes,

Draco, Varanus, Phrynosoma, Chamaeleon, Typhlops, Python, Eryx,
Ptyas, Bungarus, Naja, Hydrus, Vipera, Crocodilus, Gavialis.

Aves : Casuarius, Ardea, Anas, Milvus, Pavo, Eudynamis, Tyto and

Alcedo.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 205

Mammalia : Ornithorhynchus, Echidna, Didelphis, Macropus, Loris, Macaca,

Manis, Hystrix, Funambulus, Panthera, Canis, Herpestes, Capra,
Pteropus.

2. Examine and dissect the following animals :

Herdmania : General anatomy
Labeo : Digestive, reproductive systems, heart, afferent and efferent
branchial arteries and cranial nerves.
Chick : Digestive, arterial, venous and urinogenital systems.
White Rat : Digestive, arterial, venous and urinogenital systems.

3. Study of the skeleton of Labeo, Rana (Frog), Varanus, Gallus and Rat/Oryctolagus (Rabbit).

4. Study of the following prepared slides :

T.S. Amphioxus through various regions.
Spicules & pharynx of Herdmania & pharynx of Amphioxus.
Histology of rat/rabbit (compound tissues).

5. Make temporary preparations of the following :

Temporary preparation of spicules of Herdmania.
Permanent preparation of whole mount of pharynx of Herdmania and Amphioxus.
Blood smear of a mammal.

6. Identification of food stuffs : Starch, glucose, proteins and fats in solution.

7. Demonstration of osmosis and diffusion.
8. Demonstrate the presence of amylase in saliva, denaturation by pH and temperature.
9. Determination of coagulation and bleeding time of blood in man/rat/rabbit.
10. Determination of blood groups of human blood sample.
11. Recording of blood pressure of man.
12. Analysis of urine for urea, chloride, glucose and uric acid.
13. Estimation of haemoglobin content.
Field study : Visit to a fossil Park/Museum.
Familarity with the local vertebrate fauna.
206 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Guidelines for conduct of Practical Examination :

Max. Marks : 50
Practical Exam. : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
Time : 4 Hours

1. Dissect the animal provided so as to expose its __________ system. Make labelled sketch (8)
of the dissection and demonstrate the same to the Examiner.

2. Identify the given bones A & B. Make labelled sketches of their respective (6)
___________views.

3. Make temporary mount of the material C. Identify and make labelled sketch. Show the (3)
preparation to the Examiner.

OR

Minor experiment of physiology such as blood groups determination/identification of some

food stuffs/presence of chloride or glucose in urine etc.

4. Perform the given physiology experiment, write the procedure and show it to the (5)
examiner.

5. Identify the slides D & E giving two reasons for each identification. (2+2=4)

6. Identify and classify the specimens F to I upto orders. Write a short note on habitat of F,
special feature of G, feeding habit of H and economic importance of specimen I.
(1+1+1) each × 4 = (12)

7. Viva-Voce (4)

8. Note book (3)

Suggested Readings :

1. Parker, T.J. and Haswell, : Text Book of Zoology, Vol. II (Vertebrates), ELBS and
W.A. Macmillan Press Ltd., 1981.

2. Dobzhansky, T., Ayala, F.J., : Evolution, WH Freeman, 1952.

Stebbins, G.L., Valentine,
J.W.

3. Colbert. E.H. : Evolution of Vertebrates, IInd Edition, Wiley Eastern

Ltd., 1989.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 207

4. Dhami, P.S. & Dhami, J.K. : Vertebrates, R. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.

5. Taneja, S.K. : Biochemistry & Animal Physiology, Trueman Book

Co.,1997.

6. Guyton, A.S. : Text Book of Medical Physiology, 7th Edition, W.B.

Saunders Company, 1994.

7. Robert, K., Murray, R.K., : Harper’s Biochemistry, 22nd Edition, Prentice–Hall

Daryl, M., Granner, K., International Inc.,1990.
Victor, W. and Woodwell

8. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. : Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th Edition, W.H.,
Freeman and Company, New York, 2008.

9. Bhamrah, H.S., Juneka, K. : Cytogenetics & Evolution, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd.,
1993.

--------------------
208 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

BIOCHEMISTRY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Scheme of Examination

Duration Max. Marks

Theory Paper-A : Metabolism 3 hrs. 67+8

Theory Paper-B : Biochemical Techniques 3 hrs. 67+8

One practical pertaining to the entire syllabus included in Theory Papers 3 hrs. 45+5
A&B

Total Marks : 200

Paper-A : METABOLISM
Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67 Marks
Internal Assessment : 8 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
(Three Periods per week)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

1. Total No. of questions will be nine.

2. Q. Paper will be divided into 4 sections.

3. Attempt 5 questions in all selecting one question from each section. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Q. No. 1 will consist of 10 short questions covering entire syllabus and will carry 15 marks.

5. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts and will be of 13 marks each.

Objectives :

To learn digestion and absorption of major classes of biomolecules and major metabolic pathways
pertaining to them.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 209

SECTION-I

Digestion & Absorption of Carbohydrates : (Lectures : 14)

Metabolic Pathways of Carbohydrates, Glycolysis and alcoholic fermentation, The Pentose Phosphate
Pathway, Glucuronate and glyoxylate pathway, TCA cycle, Glycogenolysis & Glycogenesis,
Gluconeogenesis, Biosynthesis of starch, Biosynthesis of Ascorbic acid.

SECTION-II

Digestion & Transport of Lipids : (Lectures : 14)

β-Oxidation of fatty acids including odd chain fatty acids. αand ω oxidation of fatty acids Degradation of
triglycerides and phospholipids. Formation and utilization of ketone bodies. Biosynthesis of saturated and
unsaturated fatty acids. Biosynthesis of triglycerides and phospholipids, biosynthesis of cerebrosides;
sulfatides and gangliosides. Biosynthesis of Cholesterol. Biosynthesis of Prostaglandins, Thromboxanes,
Leukotrienes, Lipoxins and Prostacyclins.

SECTION-III

Digestion of Proteins : (Lectures : 11)

General Reactions of Amino Acids : Deamination, transamination and decarboxylation. Urea cycle.

Catabolism of Carbon Skeletons of Amino Acids :

Glycine and Alanine, Serine and threonine, Phenylalanine and Tyrosine, Tryptophan, Histidine, Leucine,
Valine and Isoleucine, Cysteine and Methionine, Lysine, Glutamic acid and Glutamine, Aspartic acid and
Asparagine.

Biosynthesis of Nutritionally Non-Essential Amino Acids :

Glutamate and Glutamine, Aspartate and Asparagine, Proline, Alanine, Cysteine & Selenocysteine,
Tyrosine, Serine, Glycine.

SECTION-IV

Nucleic Acids : (Lectures : 11)

Degradation of purines and pyrimidines. Biosynthesis of purines, pyrimidines and nucleotides. Catabolism
of Heme & Formation of Bile pigments. Biosynthesis of porphyrins and heme. Conjugation of bilirubin
and its clinical significance.
210 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Books Suggested :

1. Biochemistry by Lubert Stryer, 5th Ed., 2002, W.F. Freeman and Co., New York.

2. Lippincott’s Illustrated Reviews : Biochemistry by P.C. Champe, R.A. Harvey & D.R. Ferrier, Indian
Edition, 2005.

3. Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry by R.K. Murray, P.A. Mayes, D.K. Granner and V.W. Rodwell,
27th Ed., 2006, Prentice Hall International Ltd. (U.K.).

Paper- B : BIOCHEMICAL TECHNIQUES

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67 Marks
Internal Assessment : 8 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
(Three periods per week)

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAPER-SETTER AND CANDIDATES :

1. Total No. of questions will be nine.

2. Q. Paper will be divided into 4 sections.

3. Attempt 5 questions in all selecting one question from each section. Q. No. 1 is compulsory.

4. Q. No. 1 will consist of 10 short questions covering entire syllabus and will carry 15 marks.

5. All other questions may contain 2-3 parts and will be of 13 marks each.

Objectives :
Principles and applications of spectroscopic, electrophoretic, sedimentation, chromatographic and
radioisotopic techniques.

SECTION-I

Spectroscopic Techniques : (Lectures : 13)

Beer-Lambert’s Law. Light absorption and its transmittance. Determination and application of extinction
coefficient. Applications of following spectroscopic techniques in elucidating structure of Biomolecules-
Visible, U.V., infra-red and fluorescence spectroscopy. ORD, C.D. and N.M.R.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 211

SECTION-II

Electrophoretic Techniques : (Lectures : 13)

Principles and applications of the following electrophoresis techniques. Paper and gel electrophoresis, high
voltage electrophoresis, SDS-PAGE : Discontinuous electrophoresis, isotachophoresis, isoelectric
focussing and immunoelectrophoresis.

Centrifugation Techniques :
Various centrifugation techniques and their applications in Biochemistry. Preparative and analytical ultra-
centrifugation procedures. Application of partial specific volume, diffusion coefficient and viscosity
measurements in the study of macromolecules of biochemical importance.

SECTION-III

Chromatographic Techniques : (Lectures : 12)

General principles of chromatography and the application of following chromatographic procedures in
isolation and purification of biomolecules : Absorption, partition, paper and thin layer chromatography.
Gas liquid chromatography. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), Ion exhange and Exclusion
chromatography. Affinity chromatography.

SECTION-IV

Radio Isotopic Techniques : (Lectures : 12)

Nature of isotopes and radioisotopes. Radioactive decay. Properties of radioactive emissions. Units of
radioactivity. Techniques used to measure radioactivity; GM counter and liquid scintillation counting and
gamma counter. Labelling of Biochemical compounds and autoradiography. Use of radioactive tracers in
the study of enzyme reaction mechanisms and metabolic pathways. Radioimmuno assay. Biological
hazards of radiation and safety measures in handling radioisotopes.

Books Suggested :

1. Biochemical Techniques – Theory and Practice by John. F. Robyt and Bernard J., White Cole
Publishing Co. (U.S.A.).

2. Physical Biochemistry : Application to Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by David Freifelder,

W.H. Freeman and Company (U.S.A.).

3. A Biologist’s Guide to Principles and Techniques of Practical Biochemistry by K.H. Goulding and
Keith Wilson, Edward Arnold (U.K.) Ltd.
212 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

PRACTICALS :
Max. Marks : 50
Practical : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
(One Practical of 3 hrs.per week)

1. Estimation of blood glucose by the methods of (i) Folin Wu (ii) Nelson Somogyi.
2. Isolation and assay of glycogen from rat liver.
3. Separation and identification of amino acids by (i) Paper chromatography (ii) Thin layer
chromatography.
4. Estimation of Ca+ in serum.
5. Estimation of total and free cholesterol in serum.
6. Estimation of total lipids in serum by Vanillin method.
7. Estimation of proteins by Lowry’s method.
8. Estimation of Lipoproteins in plasma.
9. Colorimetric estimation of inorganic phosphate.
10. Separation of phospholipids by thin layer chromatography.
11. Estimation of lactic acid in blood before and after exercise.
12. Preparation of starch from potato and its hydrolysis by salivary amylase.

----------------------
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 213

ELECTRONICS

B. Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Note : 1. There will be two papers of theory and one laboratory (practical) courses.

2. The number of lectures per week will be four for each theory paper.

3. The number of lectures per week will be six for practicals.

4. The examination time for each theory paper will be three hours.

5. The examination time for practical will be 4 hours.

6. The use of Non-programmable calculators will be allowed in the examination centre, but
these will not be provided by the University/College.

Distribution of Marks & Total Teaching Hours will be as under :

Paper A : Principles of Communication : (67 + 8*) = 75 marks Total Teaching Hours 75

Systems

Paper B : Microprocessor Based : (67 + 8*) = 75 marks Total Teaching Hours 75

Systems

* Internal assessment

Electronics Practicals : 50 marks Total Teaching Hours 120

Each theory paper will consist of five units :

UNIT-I : There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

UNIT-II : There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

UNIT-III : There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

UNIT-IV : There will be two questions from this unit. Each question will have two parts. Only one
question is to be attempted. Each question will carry fifteen marks.

UNIT-V : There will be eight questions of small answer type covering the syllabi of all the four
units (I-IV). Five questions are to be attempted. Each question will carry three marks.
214 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Paper-A : PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

UNIT-I

Communication Principles :
Communication bands, basic principles of propagation of e.m. waves through atmosphere and ionosphere:
ground wave, sky wave, space waves, Dead Zones, Concept of modulation and its advantages, qualitative
treatment of FM, AM (DBS, SSB), PM.

Superhetrodyne Receivers :
Principles, advantages, RF input and AE coupling arrangement, RF amplifier, mixers, local oscillator, IF
amplifier, detector, audio amplifier, loud speaker, tuning/alignment of receivers, trouble shooting of radio
receiver.

UNIT-II

Tape Recorders :
Principles of magnetic recording, playback principles, need for biasing, tape speed, magnetic tape, head
care, head alignment, high frequency response, record replay equalization, noise, noise reduction, tape
transport, tape recorder electronics, playback amplifier, record amplifier.

Digital Audio :
Sampling and Quantizing the input signal, recording system, playback, compact disc, CD player (block
diagram).

UNIT-III

Elements of T.V. Systems :

Overview of picture transmission, sound transmission, picture reception, sound reception, synchronization.

Composite Video Signal :

Scanning sequence details, sync details of 625 line system, channel band width, vestigial side band
transmission, reception of vestigial side band signals, frequency modulation, FM channel band width,
allocation of frequency bands for television, signal transmission, television standards.

Picture Tube- Monochromatic :

Beam deflection, screen phosphor, face plate, picture tube characteristics, picture tube circuit controls.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 215

UNIT-IV

Television Receivers :
Block diagram of black and white T.V. receivers, functions of various sections i.e. Balun, RF amplifier,
mixer local oscillator, IF amplifier, video detector, video amplifier, sound IF, sound detector and amplifier,
sync separators, horizontal and vertical oscillator and their synchronization, EHT section, AGC, DC power
supply.

Fundamentals of Colour T.V.:

Concept of primary and complementary colours, colour mixing, beam splitting in camera, colour difference
signals (U and V signals), luminance (Y) and chrominance (C) signals, compatibility with black and white
signals, colour signal subcarrier, concept of colour picture tube (PIL).

Books Recommended :

1. G.K. Mitthal : Radio Engineering, Khanna Publishers.

2. Sanjay Attri : Audio and Video Systems, BPB Publications.
3. R.R. Gulati : Monochrome and Colour Television, New Age International New Delhi.

Paper- B : MICROPROCESSOR BASED SYSTEMS

UNIT-I

Microcomputer Fundamentals :
Introduction, microcomputer architecture, memory organization, Memory classification, CPU organization,
Microcomputer operation.

8085 Microprocessor Fundamentals :

Introduction, The 8085 pin diagram and functions, The 8085 microprocessor architecture, 8085 Bus
system, Demultiplexing of 8085 bus system, The 8085 machine cycles.

UNIT-II

Interfacing the Microprocessor :

Introduction to basic interfacing concepts, Interfacing of 8085 microprocessor with ROM and RAM,
Interfacing of 8085 microprocessor with input/output devices, Synchronizing I/O data transfer using
interrupts, Address decoding, Memory mapping, The 8155 multipurpose programmable device.
216 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

UNIT-III
Instruction Set :
Machine and assembly language, Instruction set : data transfer instructions, arithmetic instructions, logical
instructions, branch instructions, stack, I/O machine control instructions, addressing modes, Subroutine,
CALL and RETURN instructions, Idea of counters, Time delays, Miscellaneous instructions.

UNIT-IV

Programming 8085 Microprocessor :

Straight line programs, Program branching, Program looping, Program indexing, Mathematical programs
addition with and without carry, subtraction, multiplication of two 8 bit numbers.

Applications of 8085 Microprocessor :

(i) Traffic Control
(ii) Temperature Control
(iii) Digital Clock

Books Recommended :

1. Ramesh G. Gaonkar : Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications,

Prentice Hall Publications.
2. B. Ram : Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers, Dhanpat
Rai & Sons.
3. Bhupindra Singh Chhabra : 8085 Microprocessor and its Applications, Dhanpat Rai
and Amrit Chhabra Publishing Co.

ELECTRONICS PRACTICALS

Guidelines for Electronics Practical Examinations :

I The distribution of marks is as follows :
(i) One full experiment requiring the student to take data, : 20 marks
Analyse it and draw conclusions

(ii) Brief Theory : 05 marks

(iii) One exercise based on experiment : 10 marks
(to be allotted by the examiner)
(iv) Viva-Voce : 10 marks
(v) Record (Practical file) : 05 marks
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 217

II There will be one session of 4 hours duration. The paper will consist of 8 experiments out of
which an examinee will mark 6 and one of them will be allotted by the examiner.
III Number of candidates in a group for practical examination should not exceed 12.
IV In a single group, same experiment will not be allotted to more than three examinees in any group.

List of Experiments :
1. (a) Writing a program to add two 8 bit numbers stored in memory locations NNNN and NNNN+1
. and place the result in the subsequent memory location NNNN+2.
(b) Writing a program to add two 8 bit numbers stored in memory locations NNNN and
NNNN+1 and place the result (16 bits) in the subsequent memory location NNNN+2 and
NNNN+3.
2. Writing a program to subtract one 8 bit number from the other 8 bit number stored in memory
locations NNNN and NNNN+1 and place the result in the subsequent memory location NNNN+2.
3. Writing a program to add more than two 8 bit numbers stored in memory locations starting from
NNNN and place the result (16 bits) in the subsequent memory locations.
4. Writing a program to multiply two 8 bit numbers stored in memory locations NNNN and NNNN+1
and place the result in the subsequent memory location NNNN+2 and carry at NNNN+3.
5. Writing a program to find smaller/larger of two 8 bit numbers stored in memory locations NNNN
and NNNN+1 and place the result in the subsequent memory location NNNN+2.
6. Writing a program to transfer bulk of data from memory locations starting from NNNN to memory
locations starting from MMMM.
7. Writing a program to find number of positive and negative numbers in the given data. Assume zeros
as positive numbers.
8. To locate various blocks of T.V. as P.S., H and V deflection, Video Amplifier, Audio section,
Chroma section, IF section, Tuner, Tube, deflection yokes etc.
9. VIF and SIF section—Testing, alignment and troubleshooting.
10. Vertical Amplifier section—Testing and troubleshooting.
11. Tuner—Testing and troubleshooting.
12. P. S. and Picture tube—Testing and troubleshooting.
13. Study of Modulo 10 Counters.
14. Study of operation of shift registers.
15. Study of DA and AD converters.

-----------------------
218 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

MICROBIOLOGY

B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR EXAMINATION, 2012

Scheme of Examination Duration Max. Marks

Theory : MIC 201 : Introduction to Medical Microbiology 3 hrs. 75 (67 + 8*)

Theory : MIC 202 : Introductory Immunology 3 hrs. 75 (67 + 8*)
One Practical pertaining to MIC-201 and MIC-202. 3 hrs. 50 (45 + 5*)

Total Marks : 200

Note : *Denotes marks for the Internal Assessment.

OUTLINES OF TESTS AND SYLLABI

MIC 201 : INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67 Marks
Internal Assessment : 8 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
(Three periods per week)

Note : The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions and five
questions have to be attempted. Question 1 will span the complete syllabus and will be
compulsory. Rest eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus. There will be
two questions from each of the four sections and one is to be attempted. Each question should be
sub-divided into 2-4 sub-parts.

Objectives :
The paper deals with diversification of microorganisms, various infectious diseases including their modes
of transmission and events in infection process. It also provides knowledge about latest developments in
chemotherapy.

SECTION-A

Brief introduction to terminology of Infections diseases, Frequency of disease, Recognition of Infectious

disease, Infections, Disease cycle, Virulence and mode of transmission, Emerging and reemerging
Infectious diseases, Global travel & Health considerations, Nosocomial Infections.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 219

SECTION-B

Nomenclature and classification of microbes of medical importance. Origin of the Normal Flora, Germfree
and Gnotobiotic Life, Distribution and occurrence of Normal Flora of Skin, Eye, Respiratory Tract, Mouth,
Intestinal Tract & Genitourinary Tract.

SECTION-C

Microbial adherence, Passive Penetration into body, Active Penetration into body, Events in Infection
following penetration, Microbial virulence factors.

SECTION-D

Development of chemotherapy, General characteristics of antimicrobial drugs, Determining level of

antimicrobial activity, Mechanism of action of antimicrobial agents, factors influencing the effectiveness of
antimicrobial drugs, Antibacterial drugs viz sulfonamides, Quinolones, Penicillins, Cephalosporins,
Tetracyclines, Erythromycin, Chloramphenicol, Drug Resistance, Antifungal and Antiviral drugs.

Reference Books :

1. Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bactriology. Vol-I (2001), The Archae and the Deeply Branching
Phototrophic Bacteria, David, R. Boone and Richard, W. Castenholz (author) George Garrity
(editor).

2. Prescott, L.M., Harley, J.P., Klein, D.A. (2002), Microbiology, Mc Graw Hill.

3. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case, C.L. (2004), Microbology, An Introduction, Pearson Education.

4. Mims, C., Playfair J., Roitt I., Wakelin D., Williams R., (2000), Medical Microbiology, Mosby,
London, St. Louis.

MIC 202 : INTRODUCTORY IMMUNOLOGY

Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 67 Marks
Internal Assessment : 8 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
(Three periods per week)
Note : The question paper will consist of four sections (A-D). There will be nine questions and five
questions have to be attempted. Question 1 will span the complete syllabus and will be
compulsory. Rest eight questions will be from different sections of the syllabus. There will be
two questions from each of the four sections and one is to be attempted. Each question should be
sub-divided into 2-4 sub-parts.
220 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS

Objectives :
The paper focuses on history of immunology, various kinds of defense systems operative against microbial
diseases and latest techniques used in immunology.

SECTION-A
Introduction and history of Immunology, Non-specific Defense; Physical Barriers, Chemical Barriers,
Phagocytosis, Inflammation, Fever, Types of Immunity, Active & Passive Immunity, Immunological
memory, Primary & Secondary Lymphoid organs, Mucosa Associated Lymphoid tissue (MALT),
Cutaneous Associated Lymphoid Tissue (CALT), Lymphocyte Traffic, Cells of immune system, Antigens;
factors affecting Immunogenicity, epitopes, haptens.

SECTION-B

Humoral Immune Response, Antibodies/Immunoglobulins, Structure, function and type of antibodies,

Antigentic-combining regions of antibodies, factors influencing antibody production, Genetic model,
Multigene Organisation, generation of antibody diversity.

SECTION-C

Cell Mediated Immune System, Mechanism of CMI, Types of effector T Cells, Helper T-cells, Suppressor,
T-cells, cytotoxic T cells, Killer T cells, Cytokines, Lymphokines, Colony Stimulating factors, Tumour
Necrosis factor, Interferons, Accessory cells (Macrophages), the Complement System, Classical and
Alternate pathway, HLA, Monoclonal antibody technology and its applications, Interactions between B and
T lymphocytes.

SECTION-D

Antigen-Antibody Interactions : Precipitation reaction, Immuno-diffusion test, counter current Immuno

electrophoresis, complement fixation tests, Widal test, Wasserman’s test, Weil Felix reaction, Western
Blotting, Types of vaccines.

Reference Books :

1. T.J. Kindt, R.A.G.B.A. Osborne, J. Kuby (2006), Immunology, W.H. Freeman and Company,
USA.
2. N. Shetty (2005), Immunology, Introductory Text Book, New Age International (P.) Limited,
(Formerly Wiky Eastern Limited).
3. Paul, W.E. (2008), Fundamental Immunology, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
4. Roitt, I.M., Brostoff, J., Male, D.K. (2001), Immunology, Illustrated Publishers, Mosby.
5. Lydyard, P.M., Whelan, A., Fanger, M.W. (2003), Instant Notes in Immunology, Viva Books
Private Limited.
 B.A./B.Sc. (GENERAL) SECOND YEAR SYLLABUS 221

6. Kannan, I. (2007), Immunology, M.J.P. Publishers.

7. Hannigan, B.M. (2008), Immunology, Viva Books Private Limited.
8. Cappuccino, J.G., Sherman N. (2008), Microbiology, A Laboratory Manual, Tara Art Printers (P.)
Limited.

PRACTICALS

Max. Marks : 50
Practical : 45 Marks
Internal Assessment : 5 Marks
(One practical of 3 hrs. per week)

1. Stainings – Gram’s, Alberts, ZNCF.

2. Isolation and Maintenance of Pure Cultures.
3. Physiological characteristics of bacteria and its use for their identification.
4. Assay of antimicrobials.
5. Preparation of serum/plasma.
6. Sterilization – Introduction to autoclave, hot air oven, filter sterilization.
7. Demonstration of Immune organs in dissected animal.
8. Demonstration of Immune cells in the smears prepared from Immune organs.
9. Complement fixation.
10. Antigen-antibody interactions :
– Agglutination
– Precipitation
– Blood grouping
– Immunodiffusion

-----------------------

Published by : Professor A.K. Bhandari, Registrar, Panjab University, Chandigarh.